CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS INC
S-8, EX-1, 2000-11-13
ADVERTISING
Previous: CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS INC, S-8, 2000-11-13
Next: CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS INC, S-8, 2000-11-13



                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.11



                          E. A. EDBERG ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST




<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS


                                   ARTICLE II
                     TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

2.1      TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS ......................................  14
2.2      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS ................................  14
2.3      POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER ......................  17
2.4      DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY ..........................  18
2.5      ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ....................  18
2.6      POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR ...........................  18
2.7      RECORDS AND REPORTS ..............................................  20
2.8      APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS...........................................  20
2.9      INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER ........................................  20
2.10     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES ..............................................  20
2.11     MAJORITY ACTIONS..................................................  20
2.12     CLAIMS PROCEDURE .................................................  20
2.13     CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE ..........................................  21

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

3.1      CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY ........................................  21
3.2      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION ..................................  21
3.3      DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY .....................................  22
3.4      TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY .......................................  22
3.5      OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE ....................................  22
3.6      INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE .................................  22
3.7      ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE ......................................  22
3.8      CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE ............................  23

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1      FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION ..................  23
4.2      TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION .......................  24
4.3      ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS .............  24
4.4      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS .........................................  30
4.5      ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS ........................  37
4.6      TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS ...................................  38
4.7      VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS ..........................................  39
4.8      DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT ......................................  40
4.9      QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS .......................  40
4.10     ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS .............................  41
4.11     INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN ................................  41

                                    ARTICLE V
                                   VALUATIONS

5.1      VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND ......................................  42
5.2      METHOD OF VALUATION ..............................................  42

                                   ARTICLE VI
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT ........................  42
6.2      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH .............................  42
6.3      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY .................  44
6.4      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION .......................  44
6.5      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS .........................................  47
6.6      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH ..............................  52
6.7      TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION ..............................  56
6.8      DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY ...............................  56
6.9      LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN ...................  56
6.10     PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION ......................................  57
6.11     ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP ................................  57
6.12     LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS ........................  58
6.13     SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS ...............................  58

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                     TRUSTEE

7.1      BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE ............................  59
7.2      INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE ......................  59
7.3      OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE ......................................  61
7.4      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS ............................................  63
7.5      DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS .........................  65
7.6      TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES ....................  65
7.7      ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE .....................................  66
7.8      AUDIT.............................................................  66
7.9      RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE ...................  67
7.10     TRANSFER OF INTEREST .............................................  68
7.11     TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION ..........................................  68
7.12     EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY ............................  68



<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

8.1      AMENDMENT.........................................................  68
8.2      TERMINATION.......................................................  69
8.3      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION ..........................................  69

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

9.1      EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS................................................  70
9.2      PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS..............................................  70
9.3      ALIENATION........................................................  70
9.4      CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN .............................................  71
9.5      GENDER AND NUMBER ................................................  71
9.6      LEGAL ACTION......................................................  71
9.7      PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS ...........................  71
9.8      BONDING...........................................................  72
9.9      EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE .......................  72
9.10     INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE ......................................  72
9.11     RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS .................................  72
9.12     ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER ...........................................  73
9.13     NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY................  73
9.14     HEADINGS..........................................................  73
9.15     APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE .............................  73
9.16     UNIFORMITY........................................................  74
9.17     PAYMENT OF BENEFITS...............................................  74

                                    ARTICLE X
                             PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

10.1     ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER ......................  74
10.2     REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS ..........................  74
10.3     DESIGNATION OF AGENT .............................................  75
10.4     EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS................................................  75
10.5     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES ............  75
10.6     AMENDMENT.........................................................  75
10.7     DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION ..................................  76
10.8     ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY ........................................  76
10.9     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE ................  76

                                   ARTICLE XI
                           CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

11.1     FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION ..................  77
11.2     PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION ..........................  77
11.3     ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS .............  81
11.4     ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS .................................  83
11.5     ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS ...................  85
11.6     ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS .............................  89
11.7     ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS ...............  91
11.8     ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP ................................  95



<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

         As used in this Plan,  the  following  words and phrases shall have the
meanings set forth herein unless a different  meaning is clearly required by the
context:

               1.1 "Act" means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
          1974, as it may be amended from time
to time.

         1.2  "Administrator"  means the  person(s) or entity  designated by the
Employer  pursuant  to  Section  2.4 to  administer  the Plan on  behalf  of the
Employer.

         1.3 "Adoption Agreement" means the separate Agreement which is executed
by the  Employer  and  accepted  by the  Trustee  which sets forth the  elective
provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer.

         1.4 "Affiliated  Employer" means the Employer and any corporation which
is a member of a controlled  group of  corporations  (as defined in Code Section
414(b))  which  includes  the  Employer;  any trade or business  (whether or not
incorporated)  which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))
with the Employer;  any organization  (whether or not  incorporated)  which is a
member of an affiliated  service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which
includes the Employer;  and any other entity  required to be aggregated with the
Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

         1.5  "Aggregate  Account" means with respect to each  Participant,  the
value  of  all  accounts   maintained  on  behalf  of  a  Participant,   whether
attributable to Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the provisions of
Section 2.2.

         1.6 "Anniversary Date" means the anniversary date specified in C3
          of the Adoption Agreement.

         1.7  "Beneficiary"  means  the  person  to whom a share  of a  deceased
Participant's  interest in the Plan is payable,  subject to the  restrictions of
Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

         1.8 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or
          replaced from time to time.

         1.9   "Compensation"   with  respect  to  any  Participant  means  such
Participant's  compensation  as  specified by the Employer in El of the Adoption
Agreement  that is paid  during  the  applicable  period.  Compensation  for any
Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

                  In  addition,   if   specified  in  the  Adoption   Agreement,
Compensation for all Plan purposes shall also include  compensation which is not
currently  includible  in  the  Participant's  gross  income  by  reason  of the
application of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

                  Compensation in excess of $200,000 shall be disregarded.  Such
amount shall be adjusted at the same time and in such manner as permitted  under
Code Section 415(d).  In applying this limitation,  the family group of a Highly
Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member aggregation rules of
Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is either a "five percent owner"
of the  Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly  Compensated  Employees  paid the
greatest  "415  Compensation"  during  the year,  shall be  treated  as a single
Participant,  except that for this purpose Family Members shall include only the
affected  Participant's  spouse and any lineal descendants who have not attained
age  nineteen  (19)  before  the  close of the  year.  If,  as a  result  of the
application of such rules, the adjusted  $200,000  limitation is exceeded,  then
(except  for  purposes of  determining  the  portion of  Compensation  up to the
integration level if this plan is integrated),  the limitation shall be prorated
among  the  affected   individuals  in  proportion  to  each  such  individual's
Compensation  as determined  under this Section prior to the application of this
limitation.

                  For  Plan  Years  beginning  prior to  January  1,  1989,  the
$200,000 limit (without  regard to Family Member  aggregation)  shall apply only
for Top Heavy Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

         1.10 "Contract" or "Policy" means any life insurance policy, retirement
income policy, or annuity contract (group or individual)  issued by the Insurer.
In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any
insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

         1.11 "Deferred  Compensation"  means,  with respect to any Participant,
that portion of the Participant's  total Compensation which has been contributed
to the Plan in accordance with the  Participant's  deferral election pursuant to
Section 11.2.

         1.12 "Early  Retirement  Date" means the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement on which a Participant or Former Participant has satisfied the age and
service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement Age).
A Participant  shall become fully Vested upon  satisfying  this  requirement  if
still employed at his Early Retirement Age.

         A Former  Participant who terminates  employment  after  satisfying the
service  requirement  for Early  Retirement and who  thereafter  reaches the age
requirement  contained  herein shall be entitled to receive his  benefits  under
this Plan.

         1.13 "Earned Income" means with respect to a Self-Employed  Individual,
the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business with respect to
which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual
are a material income producing factor.  Net earnings will be determined without
regard to items not  included in gross  income and the  deductions  allocable to
such items.  Net  earnings  are reduced by  contributions  by the  Employer to a
qualified Plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. In addition, for
Plan Years  beginning  after December 31, 1989, net earnings shall be determined
with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code Section 164(f).

         1.14 "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's  contributions to the
Plan that are made pursuant to the  Participant's  deferral election pursuant to
Section  11.2.  In addition,  if selected in E3 of the Adoption  Agreement,  the
Employer's  matching  contribution  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b)  shall be
considered  an  Elective   Contribution  for  purposes  of  the  Plan.  Elective
Contributions  shall be subject to the  requirements  of  Sections  11.2(b)  and
11.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the discrimination requirements
of  Regulation  1.401(k)-l(b)(3),  the  provisions  of  which  are  specifically
incorporated herein by reference.

         1.15 "Eligible  Employee"  means any Employee  specified in D1 of
          the Adoption Agreement.

         1.16 "Employee"  means any person who is employed by the Employer,  but
excludes  any person who is  employed  as an  independent  contractor.  The term
Employee shall also include Leased  Employees as provided in Code Section 414(n)
or (o).

                  Except as provided in the Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement,
all Employees of all entities  which are an Affiliated  Employer will be treated
as employed by a single employer.

         1.17 "Employer" means the entity  specified in the Adoption  Agreement,
any  Participating  Employer (as defined in Section 10.1) which shall adopt this
Plan, any successor which shall maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has
maintained this Plan.

         1.18  "Excess  Compensation"  means,  with  respect  to a Plan  that is
integrated with Social Security, a Participant's Compensation which is in excess
of the amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.19 "Excess  Contributions"  means,  with respect to a Plan Year,  the
excess of Elective Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions made
on behalf of Highly Compensated  Participants for the Plan Year over the maximum
amount of such contributions permitted under Section 11.4(a).

         1.20 "Excess Deferred  Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable
year of a Participant,  the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  and the elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2(f)
actually  made on behalf of such  Participant  for such taxable  year,  over the
dollar  limitation  provided for in Code Section  402(g),  which is incorporated
herein by reference.

         1.21 "Family  Member" means,  with respect to an affected  Participant,
such  Participant's  spouse,  and  such  Participant's  lineal  descendants  and
ascendants and their spouses, all as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).

         1.22 "Fiduciary"  means any person who (a) exercises any  discretionary
authority  or  discretionary  control  respecting  management  of  the  Plan  or
exercises any authority or control  respecting  management or disposition of its
assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
indirect,  with  respect to any monies or other  property of the Plan or has any
authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary  authority or
discretionary  responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including,  but
not limited to, the Trustee,  the Employer and its representative  body, and the
Administrator.

         1.23  "Fiscal  Year"  means  the  Employer's  accounting  year as
          specified in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.24 "Forfeiture"  means that portion of a Participant's  Account
          that is not Vested, and occurs on the earlier of:

               (a)  the   distribution   of  the  entire  Vested  portion  of  a
          Participant's Account, or

               (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs
          five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

                  Furthermore,  for purposes of paragraph (a) above, in the case
of a  Terminated  Participant  whose  Vested  benefit is zero,  such  Terminated
Participant  shall be deemed  to have  received  a  distribution  of his  Vested
benefit upon his  termination of employment.  In addition,  the term  Forfeiture
shall  also  include  amounts  deemed to be  Forfeitures  pursuant  to any other
provision of this Plan.

         1.25  "Former   Participant"  means  a  person  who  has  been  a
          Participant, but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

         1.26  "414(s)  Compensation"  with  respect to any  Employee  means his
Compensation as defined in Section 1.9.  However,  for purposes of this Section,
Compensation shall be Compensation paid and shall be determined by including, in
the case of a non-standardized  Adoption Agreement,  any items that are excluded
from  Compensation  pursuant to the  Adoption  Agreement.  The amount of "414(s)
Compensation"  with respect to any Employee shall include "414(s)  Compensation"
during the entire  twelve (12) month period  ending on the last day of such Plan
Year,  except  that for Plan  Years  beginning  prior to the later of January 1,
1992, or the date that is sixty (60) days after the date final  Regulations  are
issued,  "414(s)  Compensation"  shall only be  recognized  as of an  Employee's
effective date of participation.

                  In addition,  if specified in the Adoption Agreement,  "414(s)
Compensation" shall also include  compensation which is not currently includible
in the Participant's  gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
125,   402(a)(8),   402(h)(1)(B),   or  403(b),   plus  Elective   Contributions
attributable  to Deferred  Compensation  recharacterized  as voluntary  Employee
contributions pursuant to 11.5(a).

         1.27     "415 Compensation" means compensation as defined in Section
 4.4(f)(2).

         1.28 "Highly Compensated  Employee" means an Employee described in Code
Section 414(q) and the  Regulations  thereunder and generally  means an Employee
who performed services for the Employer during the  "determination  year" and is
in one or more of the following groups:

                  (a) Employees who at anytime during the  "determination  year"
         or "look-back  year" were "five  percent  owners" as defined in Section
         1.35(c).

                  (b)      Employees  who  received  "415  Compensation"  during
         the  "look-back"  year  from  the Employer in excess of $75,000.

                  (c)  Employees  who  received  "415  Compensation"  during the
         "look-back year" from the Employer in excess of $50,000 and were in the
         Top Paid Group of Employees for the Plan Year.

                  (d) Employees who during the "look-back year" were officers of
         the  Employer  (as that  term is  defined  within  the  meaning  of the
         Regulations  under Code Section 416) and  received  "415  Compensation"
         during the "look-back  year" from the Employer  greater than 50 percent
         of the limit in effect  under Code  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  for any such
         Plan Year. The number of officers shall be limited to the lesser of (i)
         50  employees;  or (ii) the greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of all
         employees.  If the  Employer  does not have at least one officer  whose
         annual  "415  Compensation"  is in  excess  of 50  percent  of the Code
         Section  415(b)(1)(A)  limit,  then the  highest  paid  officer  of the
         Employer will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

                  (e)  Employees  who  are in the  group  consisting  of the 100
         Employees   paid   the   greatest   "415   Compensation"   during   the
         "determination  year" and are also  described  in (b), (c) or (d) above
         when these paragraphs are modified to substitute  "determination  year"
         for "look-back year".

                  The  "determination  year"  shall be the Plan  Year for  which
testing is being  performed,  and the "look-back  year" shall be the immediately
preceding twelve-month period.  However, if the Plan Year is a calendar year, or
if another Plan of the Employer so provides,  then the "look-back year" shall be
the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year for which testing is being
performed,  and the "determination  year" (if applicable) shall be the period of
time, if any, which extends beyond the "look-back year" and ends on the last day
of the Plan Year for which testing is being  performed (the "lag period").  With
respect to this election,  it shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis
to all plans, entities, and arrangements of the Employer.

                  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  the  determination  of "415
Compensation"  shall  be made by  including  amounts  that  would  otherwise  be
excluded from a Participant's  gross income by reason of the application of Code
Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
made  pursuant  to  a  salary   reduction   agreement,   Code  Section   403(b).
Additionally,  the dollar threshold amounts specified in (b) and (c) above shall
be adjusted at such time and in such  manner as is provided in  Regulations.  In
the case of such an  adjustment,  the dollar  limits  which shall be applied are
those for the  calendar  year in which the  "determination  year" or  "look-back
year" begins.

                  In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees
who are  non-resident  aliens and who  received  no earned  income  (within  the
meaning of Code Section  911(d)) from the Employer  constituting  United  States
source income within the meaning of Code Section  861(a)(3) shall not be treated
as Employees. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account
as a single  employer and Leased  Employees  within the meaning of Code Sections
414(n)(2)  and  414(o)(2)  shall be  considered  Employees  unless  such  Leased
Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section  414(n)(5) and are not
covered in any  qualified  plan  maintained  by the  Employer.  The exclusion of
Leased  Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and  consistent
basis  for  all  of  the  Employer's  retirement  plans.  In  addition,   Highly
Compensated  Former Employees shall be treated as Highly  Compensated  Employees
without  regard to whether they  performed  services  during the  "determination
year".

         1.29 "Highly  Compensated  Former Employee" means a former Employee who
had a  separation  year  prior  to the  "determination  year"  and was a  Highly
Compensated  Employee  in  the  year  of  separation  from  service  or  in  any
"determination year" after attaining age 55.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  an
Employee who  separated  from service  prior to 1987 will be treated as a Highly
Compensated  Former  Employee  only if  during  the  separation  year  (or  year
preceding the separation year) or any year after the Employee attains age 55 (or
the last year ending before the Employee's 55th  birthday),  the Employee either
received "415  Compensation" in excess of $50,000 or was a "five percent owner".
For purposes of this Section, "determination year", "415 Compensation" and "five
percent  owner" shall be  determined in  accordance  with Section  1.28.  Highly
Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly  Compensated  Employees.
The  method  set  forth  in  this  Section  for  determining  who  is a  "Highly
Compensated  Former Employee" shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis
for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

         1.30   "Highly   Compensated   Participant"   means  any   Highly
          Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

         1.31 "Hour of  Service"  means (1) each hour for which an  Employee  is
directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to  compensation by the Employer
for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period; (2) each
hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to
compensation   by  the  Employer   (irrespective   of  whether  the   employment
relationship  has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such
as vacation, holidays,  sickness, jury duty, disability,  lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period; (3) each hour for
which  back pay is  awarded  or  agreed  to by the  Employer  without  regard to
mitigation  of damages.  The same Hours of Service  shall not be  credited  both
under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

                  Notwithstanding  the  above,  (i) no more  than  501  Hours of
Service  are  required  to be  credited  to an Employee on account of any single
continuous  period during which the Employee  performs no duties (whether or not
such period occurs in a single  computation  period);  (ii) an hour for which an
Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a
period  during  which no duties are  performed is not required to be credited to
the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan  maintained  solely for
the purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation,  or unemployment
compensation  or disability  insurance  laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not
required to be credited for a payment  which solely  reimburses  an Employee for
medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

                  For purposes of this Section,  a payment shall be deemed to be
made by or due from the Employer  regardless  of whether such payment is made by
or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through,  among others, a trust
fund,  or  insurer,  to which the  Employer  contributes  or pays  premiums  and
regardless of whether  contributions made or due to the trust fund,  insurer, or
other entity are for the benefit of  particular  Employees or are on behalf of a
group of Employees in the aggregate.

                  An Hour  of  Service  must  be  counted  for  the  purpose  of
determining a Year of Service,  a year of participation  for purposes of accrued
benefits,  a 1-Year  Break in  Service,  and  employment  commencement  date (or
reemployment   commencement   date).  The  provisions  of  Department  of  Labor
regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

                  Hours of Service  will be  credited  for  employment  with all
Affiliated  Employers and for any individual  considered to be a Leased Employee
pursuant to Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

                  Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method
selected in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.32 "Insurer"  means any legal reserve  insurance  company which shall
issue one or more policies under the Plan.

         1.33  "Investment  Manager"  means an entity  that (a) has the power to
manage,  acquire,  or dispose  of Plan  assets  and (b)  acknowledges  fiduciary
responsibility  to the Plan in writing.  Such entity must be a person,  firm, or
corporation  registered as an investment  adviser under the Investment  Advisers
Act of 1940, a bank, or an insurance company.

         1.34 "Joint and  Survivor  Annuity"  means an annuity for the life of a
Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the life of the  Participant's  spouse
which is not less than 1/2, nor greater  than the amount of the annuity  payable
during the joint lives of the  Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse.  The
Joint and Survivor  Annuity will be the amount of benefit which can be purchased
with the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan.

         1.35 "Key Employee" means an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i)
and the Regulations thereunder.  Generally,  any Employee or former Employee (as
well as each of his  Beneficiaries)  is  considered a Key Employee if he, at any
time during the Plan Year that contains the  "Determination  Date" or any of the
preceding  four  (4)  Plan  Years,  has been  included  in one of the  following
categories:

                  (a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within
         the meaning of the  Regulations  under Code Section 416) having  annual
         "415  Compensation"  greater  than 50  percent  of the amount in effect
         under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year.

                  (b) one of the ten employees having annual "415  Compensation"
         from the Employer for a Plan Year greater than the dollar limitation in
         effect under Code Section  415(c)(1)(A)  for the calendar year in which
         such Plan Year ends and  owning  (or  considered  as owning  within the
         meaning of Code Section 318) both more than one-half  percent  interest
         and the largest interests in the Employer.

                  (c) a "five  percent  owner" of the  Employer.  "Five  percent
         owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the
         meaning  of Code  Section  318)  more  than  five  percent  (5%) of the
         outstanding  stock of the Employer or stock  possessing  more than five
         percent  (5%) of the total  combined  voting  power of all stock of the
         Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated  business, any person who
         owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits  interest in
         the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder,  employers
         that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
         and (o) shall be treated as separate employers.

                  (d) a "one  percent  owner" of the  Employer  having an annual
         "415  Compensation"  from the  Employer  of more  than  $150,000.  "One
         percent  owner" means any person who owns (or is  considered  as owning
         within the meaning of Code  Section  318) more than one percent (1%) of
         the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one
         percent  (1%) of the total  combined  voting  power of all stock of the
         Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated  business, any person who
         owns more than one percent  (1%) of the capital or profits  interest in
         the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder,  employers
         that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
         and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. However, in determining
         whether an individual  has "415  Compensation"  of more than  $150,000,
         "415  Compensation"  from each employer required to be aggregated under
         Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be taken into account.

                  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  the  determination  of "415
Compensation"  shall  be made by  including  amounts  that  would  otherwise  be
excluded from a Participant's  gross income by reason of the application of Code
Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).

         1.36 "Late  Retirement Date" means the date of, or the first day of the
month or the  Anniversary  Date  coinciding  with or next  following,  whichever
corresponds to the election made for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant's
actual retirement after having reached his Normal Retirement Date.

         1.37 "Leased  Employee" means any person (other than an Employee of the
recipient)  who pursuant to an  agreement  between the  recipient  and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for
the recipient  and related  persons  determined in accordance  with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such  services  are of a type  historically  performed  by  employees in the
business field of the recipient  employer.  Contributions or benefits provided a
leased employee by the leasing  organization  which are attributable to services
performed  for the  recipient  employer  shall be  treated  as  provided  by the
recipient employer.

                  A leased  employee  shall not be considered an Employee of the
recipient  if: (i) such  employee is covered by a money  purchase  pension  plan
providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent
of compensation,  as defined in Code Section  415(c)(3),  but including  amounts
contributed  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement which are excludable from
the employees gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b),
(2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased
employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the  recipient's  non-highly
compensated workforce.

         1.38 "Net Profit" means with respect to any Fiscal Year the  Employer's
net  income or profit  for such  Fiscal  year  determined  upon the basis of the
Employer's  books of account in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles,   without  any  reduction  for  taxes  based  upon  income,  or  for
contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan.

         1.39 "Non-Elective  Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to
the Plan other than those made pursuant to the  Participant's  deferral election
made pursuant to Section 11.2 and any Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution.  In
addition,  if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement,  the Employer's Matching
Contribution  made pursuant to Section 4.3(b) shall be considered a Non-Elective
Contribution for purposes of the Plan.

         1.40 "Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant" means any Participant
          who is neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

         1.41  "Non-Key  Employee"  means any Employee or former  Employee
          (and his Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

         1.42 "Normal  Retirement  Age" means the age  specified in the Adoption
Agreement  at  which  time  a  Participant  shall  become  fully  Vested  in his
Participant's Account.

         1.43 "Normal  Retirement Date" means the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement  on which a  Participant  shall  become  eligible to have his benefits
distributed to him.

         1.44 "1-Year Break in Service" means the applicable  computation period
during which an Employee has not  completed  more than 500 Hours of Service with
the  Employer.  Further,  solely  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  a
Participant  has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,  Hours of Service  shall be
recognized  for  "authorized  leaves of absence" and  "maternity  and  paternity
leaves of absence."

                  "Authorized  leave  of  absence"  means an  unpaid,  temporary
cessation from active  employment  with the Employer  pursuant to an established
nondiscriminatory  policy,  whether occasioned by illness,  military service, or
any other reason.

                  A "maternity or paternity  leave of absence"  means,  for Plan
Years  beginning after December 31, 1984, an absence from work for any period by
reason of the Employee's pregnancy,  birth of the Employee's child, placement of
a child with the Employee in connection  with the adoption of such child, or any
absence  for the  purpose  of caring  for such  child  for a period  immediately
following such birth or placement.  For this purpose,  Hours of Service shall be
credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins,  only
if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year
Break  in  Service,  or,  in  any  other  case,  in  the  immediately  following
computation  period. The Hours of Service credited for a "maternity or paternity
leave of absence" shall be those which would normally have been credited but for
such absence,  or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine
such hours  normally  credited,  eight (8) Hours of Service  per day.  The total
Hours of Service  required to be credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of
absence" shall not exceed 501.

         1.45  "Owner-Employee"  means a sole  proprietor  who owns  the  entire
interest  in the  Employer  or a partner  who owns  more than 10% of either  the
capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income
for personal services from the Employer.

         1.46 "Participant"  means any Eligible Employee who participates in the
Plan as provided in Section 3.2 and has not for any reason become  ineligible to
participate further in the Plan.

         1.47   "Participant's   Account"  means  the  account  established  and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest under the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer's  contributions  in the
case of a Profit  Sharing Plan or Money  Purchase  Plan,  and (b) the Employer's
Non-Elective Contributions in the case of a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

         1.48 "Participant's Combined Account" means the account established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest under the Plan resulting from the Employer's contributions.

         1.49 "Participant's Elective Account" means the account established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest  in  the  Plan  and  Trust  resulting  from  the  Employer's   Elective
Contributions and qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions.  A separate accounting
shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the  Participant's  Elective
Account  attributable to Elective  Contributions  made pursuant to Section 11.2,
Employer matching contributions if they are deemed to be Elective Contributions,
and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

         1.50 "Participant's Rollover Account" means the account established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from amounts  transferred from another  qualified
plan or "conduit" Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.6.

         1.51 "Plan" means this instrument  (hereinafter referred to as E.
          A. Edberg  Associates,  Inc. Regional  Prototype Defined  Contribution
          Plan and Trust  Basic Plan  Document  #01)  including  all  amendments
          thereto, and the Adoption Agreement as adopted by the Employer.

         1.52 "Plan Year" means the Plan's accounting year as specified in
          C2 of the Adoption Agreement.

         1.53  "Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity" means an immediate annuity for
the life of the Participant's  spouse, the payments under which must be equal to
the actuarial equivalent of 50% of the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan
as of the date of death.

         1.54  "Qualified  Non-Elective  Account" means the account  established
hereunder to which Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are allocated.

         1.55  "Qualified   Non-Elective   Contribution"  means  the  Employer's
contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to E5 of the Adoption Agreement
and Section 11.1(d) which are used to satisfy the "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"
tests. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are nonforfeitable when made and are
distributable  only as specified in Sections 11.2(c) and 11.8. In addition,  the
Employer's  contributions  to the Plan that are made pursuant to Section 11.7(h)
and which are used to satisfy the "Actual  Contribution  Percentage" tests shall
be considered Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

         1.56  "Qualified  Voluntary  Employee  Contribution  Account" means the
account  established and maintained by the  Administrator  for each  Participant
with  respect  to  his  total   interest  under  the  Plan  resulting  from  the
Participant's tax deductible  qualified  voluntary  employee  contributions made
pursuant to Section 4.9.

         1.57  "Regulation"  means the Income Tax  Regulations as promulgated by
the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, and as amended from time to time.

         1.58 "Retired  Participant"  means a person who has been a Participant,
but who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

         1.59 "Retirement Date" means the date as of which a Participant retires
for reasons other than Total and Permanent  Disability,  whether such retirement
occurs on a Participant's  Normal Retirement Date, Early or Late Retirement Date
(see Section 6.1).

         1.60  "Self-Employed  Individual"  means an  individual  who has earned
income for the  taxable  year from the trade or  business  for which the Plan is
established,  and,  also, an individual who would have had earned income but for
the fact that the trade or business  had no net profits for the taxable  year. A
Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

         1.61 "Shareholder-Employee" means a Participant who owns more than five
percent  (5%) of the  Employer's  outstanding  capital  stock during any year in
which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation under the
applicable Code Section.

         1.62 "Short Plan Year" means,  if specified in the Adoption  Agreement,
that the  Plan  Year  shall  be less  than a 12 month  period.  If  chosen,  the
following rules shall apply in the  administration  of this Plan. In determining
whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for benefit accrual purposes
in the Short Plan Year,  the  number of the Hours of Service  required  shall be
proportionately  reduced based on the number of days in the Short Plan Year. The
determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for vesting
and  eligibility  purposes shall be made in accordance  with Department of Labor
Regulation  2530.203-2(c).  In addition,  if this Plan is integrated with Social
Security,  the integration level shall also be proportionately  reduced based on
the number of days in the Short Plan Year.

         1.63     "Super Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section
                  2.2(b).

         1.64 "Taxable Wage Base" means,  with respect to any year,  the maximum
amount of  earnings  which may be  considered  wages  for such year  under  Code
Section 3121(a)(1).

         1.65   "Terminated   Participant"   means  a  person  who  has  been  a
Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Total
and Permanent Disability or retirement.

         1.66     "Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(a).

         1.67 "Top Heavy Plan Year" means a Plan Year commencing  after December
31, 1983 during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

         1.68 "Top Paid Group"  shall be  determined  pursuant  to Code  Section
414(q) and the Regulations  thereunder and generally means the top 20 percent of
Employees who performed  services for the Employer  during the applicable  year,
ranked according to the amount of "415 Compensation" (as determined  pursuant to
Section  1.28)  received  from the  Employer  during such year.  All  Affiliated
Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees
shall be treated as Employees  pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees
who are non-resident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section  911(d)(2))  from the Employer  constituting  United  States source
income  within the  meaning of Code  Section  861(a)(3)  shall not be treated as
Employees.  Additionally,  for the purpose of  determining  the number of active
Employees  in any  year,  the  following  additional  Employees  shall  also  be
excluded,  however,  such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of
identifying the particular Employees in the Top Paid Group:

                  (a)      Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

                  (b)      Employees  who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours
                           per week;

                  (c)      Employees who normally work less than six (6) months
                           during a year; and

                  (d)      Employees who have not yet attained age 21.

                  In  addition,  if 90 percent or more of the  Employees  of the
Employer  are  covered  under  agreements  the  Secretary  of Labor  finds to be
collective  bargaining  agreements  between  Employee  representatives  and  the
Employer,  and the Plan covers  only  Employees  who are not covered  under such
agreements,  then Employees  covered by such  agreements  shall be excluded from
both the total number of active Employees as well as from the  identification of
particular Employees in the Top Paid Group.

                  The  foregoing  exclusions  set forth in this Section shall be
applied on a uniform and  consistent  basis for all  purposes for which the Code
Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

         1.69 "Total and Permanent  Disability" means the inability to engage in
any  substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason  of any  medically  determinable
physical or mental  impairment  that can be expected to result in death or which
has lasted or can be expected to last for a  continuous  period of not less than
12 months.  The  disability of a  Participant  shall be determined by a licensed
physician chosen by the  Administrator.  However,  if the condition  constitutes
total disability under the federal Social Security Acts, the  Administrator  may
rely upon such  determination  that the  Participant is Totally and  Permanently
Disabled  for the  purposes  of this Plan.  The  determination  shall be applied
uniformly to all Participants.

         1.70 "Trustee" means the person or entity named in B6 of the
               Adoption Agreement and any successors.

         1.71 "Trust  Fund" means the assets of the Plan and Trust as
               the same shall exist from time to time.

         1.72  "Vested"  means  the  nonforfeitable  portion  of  any
               account maintained on behalf of a Participant.

         1.73 "Voluntary Contribution Account" means the account established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from the  Participant's  nondeductible  voluntary
contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7.

         1.74 "Year of  Service"  means the  computation  period of twelve  (12)
consecutive months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee has completed
at least 1000 Hours of Service.

                  For purposes of  eligibility  for  participation,  the initial
computation  period  shall  begin  with  the date on which  the  Employee  first
performs an Hour of Service  (employment  commencement  date).  The  computation
period beginning after a 1-Year Break in Service shall be measured from the date
on  which  an  Employee  again  performs  an Hour  of  Service.  The  succeeding
computation  periods shall begin with the first  anniversary  of the  Employee's
employment  commencement  date.  However,  if one (1) Year of Service or less is
required  as a condition  of  eligibility,  then after the  initial  eligibility
computation  period,  the  eligibility  computation  period  shall  shift to the
current  Plan  Year  which  includes  the  anniversary  of the date on which the
Employee  first  performed an Hour of Service.  An Employee who is credited with
1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial  eligibility  computation  period and
the first  Plan Year  which  commences  prior to the  first  anniversary  of the
Employee's  initial  eligibility  computation  period will be credited  with two
Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

                  For vesting purposes,  and all other purposes not specifically
addressed  in this  Section,  the  computation  period  shall be the Plan  Year,
including  periods prior to the Effective  Date of the Plan unless  specifically
excluded pursuant to the Adoption Agreement.

                  Years of Service and breaks in service will be measured on the
same computation period.

                  Years  of  Service  with  any   predecessor   Employer   which
maintained  this  Plan  shall be  recognized.  Years of  Service  with any other
predecessor Employer shall be recognized as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                  Years  of  Service  with  any  Affiliated  Employer  shall  be
recognized.



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II
                     TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

2.1      TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

                  For any Top  Heavy  Plan  Year,  the Plan  shall  provide  the
special  vesting  requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of
the Plan and the special minimum allocation  requirements of Code Section 416(c)
pursuant to Section 43(i) of the Plan.

2.2      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

                  (a) This  Plan  shall be a Top  Heavy  Plan for any Plan  Year
         beginning  after December 31, 1983, in which,  as of the  Determination
         Date,  (1) the Present  Value of Accrued  Benefits of Key Employees and
         (2) the sum of the Aggregate  Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan
         and all plans of an Aggregation  Group,  exceeds sixty percent (60%) of
         the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all
         Key  and  Non-Key  Employees  under  this  Plan  and  all  plans  of an
         Aggregation Group.

                           If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan
         Year, but such  Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year,
         such  Participant's  Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or  Aggregate
         Account  balance  shall  not be taken  into  account  for  purposes  of
         determining  whether  this Plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy  Plan
         (or whether any  Aggregation  Group which  includes  this Plan is a Top
         Heavy Group). In addition,  if a Participant or Former  Participant has
         not performed any services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any
         time during the five year period ending on the Determination  Date, any
         accrued benefit for such Participant or Former Participant shall not be
         taken into account for the purposes of determining whether this Plan is
         a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan.

                  (b) This Plan  shall be a Super  Top  Heavy  Plan for any Plan
         Year  beginning   after  December  31,  1983,  in  which,   as  of  the
         Determination  Date,  (1) the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits of Key
         Employees  and (2) the sum of the  Aggregate  Accounts of Key Employees
         under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation  Group,  exceeds ninety
         percent  (90%)  of the  Present  Value  of  Accrued  Benefits  and  the
         Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key Employees under this Plan and
         all plans of an Aggregation Group.

                  (c) Aggregate Account: A Participant's  Aggregate Account as
         of the Determination Date is the sum of:

                           (1) his Participant's  Combined Account balance as of
                  the most recent valuation occurring within a twelve (12) month
                  period ending on the Determination Date;

                           (2) for a Profit  Sharing Plan, an adjustment for any
                  contributions   due  as  of  the   Determination   Date.  Such
                  adjustment shall be the amount of any  contributions  actually
                  made after the  valuation  date but  before the  Determination
                  Date,  except  for the first  Plan  Year when such  adjustment
                  shall also reflect the amount of any contributions  made after
                  the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in that
                  first Plan Year;

                           (3) for a Money  Purchase  Plan,  contributions  that
                  would  be   allocated   as  of  a  date  not  later  than  the
                  Determination Date, even though those amounts are not yet made
                  or required to be made.

                           (4) any Plan  distributions made within the Plan Year
                  that  includes the  Determination  Date or within the four (4)
                  preceding Plan Years.  However,  in the case of  distributions
                  made after the valuation  date and prior to the  Determination
                  Date, such distributions are not included as distributions for
                  top heavy purposes to the extent that such  distributions  are
                  already  included  in  the  Participant's   Aggregate  Account
                  balance  as  of  the   valuation   date.  In  the  case  of  a
                  distribution  of an  annuity  Contract,  the  amount  of  such
                  distribution  is deemed to be the current  actuarial  value of
                  the  Contract,  determined  on the  date of the  distribution.
                  Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,   all
                  distributions,  including  distributions made prior to January
                  1, 1984, and distributions under a terminated plan which if it
                  had  not  been  terminated  would  have  been  required  to be
                  included in an Aggregation  Group,  will be counted.  Further,
                  distributions  from the plan (including the cash value of life
                  insurance policies) of a Participant's account balance because
                  of death shall be treated as a distribution for the purpose of
                  this paragraph.

                           (5) any Employee contributions,  whether voluntary or
                  mandatory.  However,  amounts  attributable  to tax deductible
                  qualified  voluntary  employee   contributions  shall  not  be
                  considered to be a part of the Participant's Aggregate Account
                  balance.

                           (6)  with   respect  to   unrelated   rollovers   and
                  plan-to-plan  transfers  (ones which are both initiated by the
                  Employee and made from a plan  maintained by one employer to a
                  plan  maintained by another  employer),  if this Plan provides
                  the  rollovers  or  plan-to-plan  transfers,  it shall  always
                  consider  such  rollovers  or  plan-to-plan   transfers  as  a
                  distribution for the purposes of this Section. If this Plan is
                  the plan accepting such rollovers or  plan-to-plan  transfers,
                  it shall not consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers
                  accepted after December 31, 1983 as part of the  Participant's
                  Aggregate Account balance. However,  rollovers or plan-to-plan
                  transfers   accepted   prior  to  January  1,  1984  shall  be
                  considered  as part  of the  Participant's  Aggregate  Account
                  balance.

                           (7)   with   respect   to   related   rollovers   and
                  plan-to-plan  transfers  (ones  either  not  initiated  by the
                  Employee or made to a plan  maintained by the same  employer),
                  if this Plan provides the rollover or  plan-to-plan  transfer,
                  it shall not be counted as a distribution for purposes of this
                  Section.  If this Plan is the plan  accepting such rollover or
                  plan-to-plan  transfer,  it shall  consider  such  rollover or
                  plan-to-plan  transfer as part of the Participant's  Aggregate
                  Account  balance,  irrespective  of the  date  on  which  such
                  rollover or plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.

                           (8) for  the  purposes  of  determining  whether  two
                  employers  are to be treated as the same employer in 2.2(c)(6)
                  and  2.2(c)(7)  above,  all  employers  aggregated  under Code
                  Section  414(b),  (c),  (m) and (o) are  treated  as the  same
                  employer.

                    (d) "Aggregation Group" means either a Required  Aggregation
          Group  or  a   Permissive   Aggregation   Group  as   hereinafter
          determined.

                           (1) Required  Aggregation  Group:  In  determining  a
                  Required  Aggregation Group hereunder,  each qualified plan of
                  the Employer,  including any simplified Employee Pension Plan,
                  in which a Key  Employee  is a  participant  in the Plan  Year
                  containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding
                  Plan  Years,  and each other  qualified  plan of the  Employer
                  which  enables  any  qualified  plan in  which a Key  Employee
                  participates  to  meet  the   requirements  of  Code  Sections
                  401(a)(4)  or 410,  will be  required to be  aggregated.  Such
                  group shall be known as a Required Aggregation Group.

                           In the case of a  Required  Aggregation  Group,  each
                  plan in the group will be  considered  a Top Heavy Plan if the
                  Required  Aggregation  Group is a Top Heavy Group.  No plan in
                  the Required  Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy
                  Plan if the  Required  Aggregation  Group  is not a Top  Heavy
                  Group.

                           (2) Permissive  Aggregation  Group:  The Employer may
                  also  include any other plan of the  Employer,  including  any
                  Simplified  Employee Pension Plan, not required to be included
                  in the Required  Aggregation  Group,  provided  the  resulting
                  group,  taken  as a  whole,  would  continue  to  satisfy  the
                  provisions  of Code  Sections  401(a)(4)  and 410.  Such group
                  shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.

                           In the case of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a
                  plan that is part of the,  Required  Aggregation Group will be
                  considered  a Top  Heavy  Plan if the  Permissive  Aggregation
                  Group  is a  Top  Heavy  Group.  No  plan  in  the  Permissive
                  Aggregation  Group will be  considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
                  Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

                           (3) Only  those  plans of the  Employer  in which the
                  Determination  Dates fall within the same  calendar year shall
                  be aggregated in order to determine whether such plans are Top
                  Heavy Plans.

                           (4) An Aggregation Group shall include any terminated
                  plan of the Employer if it was maintained within the last five
                  (5) years ending on the Determination Date.

                  (e)  "Determination  Date"  means  (a)  the  last  day  of the
         preceding  Plan Year,  or (b) in the case of the first  Plan Year,  the
         last day of such Plan Year.

                  (f) Present Value of Accrued Benefit: In the case of a defined
         benefit plan,  the Present  Value of Accrued  Benefit for a Participant
         other  than a Key  Employee  shall be as  determined  using the  single
         accrual  method  used for all  plans  of the  Employer  and  Affiliated
         Employers,  or if no such single  method  exists,  using a method which
         results in benefits  accruing not more rapidly than the slowest accrual
         rate permitted under Code Section  411(b)(1)(C).  The  determination of
         the Present Value of Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of the most
         recent  valuation  date that  falls  within  or ends with the  12-month
         period  ending on the  Determination  Date,  except as provided in Code
         Section  416 and the  Regulations  thereunder  for the first and second
         plan years of a defined benefit plan.

                  However,  any such determination must include present value of
         accrued benefit  attributable to any Plan distributions  referred to in
         Section  2.2(c)(4)  above,  any Employee  contributions  referred to in
         Section 2.2(c)(5) above or any related or unrelated  rollovers referred
         to in Sections 2.2(c)(6) and 2.2(c)(7) above.

               (g) "Top Heavy Group" means an  Aggregation  Group in which,
         as of the Determination Date, the sum of:

                    (1) the Present  Value of Accrued  Benefits of Key Employees
                  under all defined benefit plans included in the group, and

                           (2) the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under all
                  defined  contribution  plans  included  in the group,  exceeds
                  sixty  percent  (60%)  of a  similar  sum  determined  for all
                  Participants.

                  (h) The  Administrator  shall determine whether this Plan is a
         Top  Heavy  Plan on the  Anniversary  Date  specified  in the  Adoption
         Agreement.  Such  determination  of the top  heavy  ratio  shall  be in
         accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder.

2.3      POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

                  (a) The Employer  shall be empowered to appoint and remove the
         Trustee and the  Administrator  from time to time as it deems necessary
         for the proper  administration  of the Plan to assure  that the Plan is
         being operated for the exclusive  benefit of the Participants and their
         Beneficiaries  in accordance  with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and
         the Act.

                  (b)  The  Employer  shall  establish  a  "funding  policy  and
         method", i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need
         for liquidity  (e.g.,  to pay benefits) or whether  liquidity is a long
         run  goal  and  investment  growth  (and  stability  of same) is a more
         current  need,  or shall  appoint  a  qualified  person  to do so.  The
         Employer or its delegate shall  communicate such needs and goals to the
         Trustee,  who shall  coordinate  such Plan  needs  with its  investment
         policy.  The  communication of such a "funding policy and method" shall
         not, however, constitute a directive to the Trustee as to investment of
         the Trust Funds.  Such "funding  policy and method" shall be consistent
         with the objectives of this Plan and with the  requirements  of Title I
         of the Act.

                  (c) The Employer may, in its discretion, appoint an Investment
         Manager  to manage  all or a  designated  portion  of the assets of the
         Plan.  In such event,  the Trustee  shall  follow the  directive of the
         Investment  Manager in investing  the assets of the Plan managed by the
         Investment Manager.

                  (d) The Employer shall periodically  review the performance of
         any  Fiduciary  or other  person to whom duties have been  delegated or
         allocated  by it under  the  provisions  of this  Plan or  pursuant  to
         procedures established hereunder.  This requirement may be satisfied by
         formal  periodic  review  by  the  Employer  or by a  qualified  person
         specifically designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and
         evaluation, or through other appropriate ways.

2.4      DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

                  The Employer  shall  appoint one or more  Administrators.  Any
person,  including,  but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be
eligible to serve as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer.  An Administrator may
resign by delivering  his written  resignation  to the Employer or be removed by
the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal,  to take effect at a date
specified  therein,  or  upon  delivery  to  the  Administrator  if no  date  is
specified.

                  The  Employer,   upon  the   resignation   or  removal  of  an
Administrator, shall promptly designate in writing a successor to this position.
If the Employer does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as
the Administrator.

2.5      ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

                  If more than one person is  appointed  as  Administrator,  the
responsibilities  of each  Administrator  may be  specified  by the Employer and
accepted in writing by each Administrator.  In the event that no such delegation
is made by the Employer,  the Administrators  may allocate the  responsibilities
among themselves,  in which event the  Administrators  shall notify the Employer
and the Trustee in writing of such action and  specify the  responsibilities  of
each  Administrator.  The  Trustee  thereafter  shall  accept  and rely upon any
documents  executed  by the  appropriate  Administrator  until  such time as the
Employer or the  Administrators  file with the Trustee a written  revocation  of
such designation.

2.6      POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

                  The  primary   responsibility   of  the  Administrator  is  to
administer  the Plan for the  exclusive  benefit of the  Participants  and their
Beneficiaries,  subject to the  specific  terms of the Plan.  The  Administrator
shall  administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power
and  discretion  to construe the terms of the Plan and  determine  all questions
arising in connection with the administration,  interpretation,  and application
of the Plan. Any such determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and
binding upon all persons.  The Administrator may establish  procedures,  correct
any defect,  supply any  information,  or reconcile  any  inconsistency  in such
manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out
the purpose of the Plan; provided,  however,  that any procedure,  discretionary
act, interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory  manner
based upon uniform principles  consistently applied and shall be consistent with
the intent that the Plan shall  continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the
terms of Code Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all
regulations  issued pursuant thereto.  The  Administrator  shall have all powers
necessary or appropriate to accomplish his duties under this Plan.

                  The  Administrator  shall be  charged  with the  duties of the
general  administration  of  the  Plan,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
following:

               (a)  the  discretion to determine  all questions  relating to the
                    eligibility   of  Employees  to   participate  or  remain  a
                    Participant  hereunder  and to  receive  benefits  under the
                    Plan;

               (b)  to compute,  certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to
                    the amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant
                    shall be entitled hereunder;

               (c)  to  authorize  and direct the  Trustee  with  respect to all
                    nondiscretionary  or otherwise  directed  disbursements from
                    the Trust Fund;

               (d)  to maintain all necessary records for the  administration of
                    the Plan;

               (e)  to  interpret  the  provisions  of the  Plan and to make and
                    publish  such  rules  for  regulation  of  the  Plan  as are
                    consistent with the terms hereof,

               (f)  to  determine  the  size  and  type  of any  Contract  to be
                    purchased  from any Insurer,  and to  designate  the Insurer
                    from which such Contract shall be purchased;

               (g)  to compute  and certify to the  Employer  and to the Trustee
                    from time to time the sums of money  necessary  or desirable
                    to be contributed to the Trust Fund;

               (h)  to consult with the Employer and the Trustee  regarding  the
                    short  and  long-term  liquidity  needs of the Plan in order
                    that the Trustee can exercise any investment discretion in a
                    manner designed to accomplish specific objectives;

               (i)  to prepare and  distribute  to  Employees  a  procedure  for
                    notifying  Participants and Beneficiaries of their rights to
                    elect  Joint  and  Survivor   Annuities  and  Pre-Retirement
                    Survivor  Annuities if required by the Code and  Regulations
                    thereunder;

               (j)  to assist any Participant regarding his rights, benefits, or
                    elections available under the Plan.



<PAGE>


2.7      RECORDS AND REPORTS

                  The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and
shall  keep all other  books of  account,  records,  and other  data that may be
necessary for proper  administration  of the Plan and shall be  responsible  for
supplying  all  information  and  reports  to  the  Internal   Revenue  Service,
Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.8      APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

                  The  Administrator,  or the  Trustee  with the  consent of the
Administrator, may appoint counsel, specialists,  advisers, and other persons as
the Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with
the administration of this Plan.

2.9      INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

                  To enable the  Administrator  to perform  his  functions,  the
Employer shall supply full and timely  information to the  Administrator  on all
matters  relating  to the  Compensation  of all  Participants,  their  Hours  of
Service,  their  Years of  Service,  their  retirement,  death,  disability,  or
termination of employment,  and such other pertinent facts as the  Administrator
may  require;  and the  Administrator  shall  advise the  Trustee of such of the
foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's  duties under the Plan. The
Administrator  may rely upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and
shall have no duty or responsibility to verify such information.

2.10     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

                  All  expenses of  administration  may be paid out of the Trust
Fund unless paid by the  Employer.  Such  expenses  shall  include any  expenses
incident to the functioning of the Administrator, including, but not limited to,
fees of accountants,  counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other
costs of  administering  the Plan.  Until paid, the expenses shall  constitute a
liability of the Trust Fund. However,  the Employer may reimburse the Trust Fund
for any administration  expense incurred. Any administration expense paid to the
Trust Fund as a reimbursement shall not be considered an Employer contribution.

2.11     MAJORITY ACTIONS

                  Except where there has been an  allocation  and  delegation of
administrative  authority  pursuant to Section  2.5, if there shall be more than
one  Administrator,  they  shall  act by a  majority  of their  number,  but may
authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

2.12     CLAIMS PROCEDURE

                  Claims  for  benefits  under the Plan may be filed in  writing
with the  Administrator.  Written notice of the  disposition of a claim shall be
furnished to the claimant  within 90 days after the application is filed. In the
event the claim is denied,  the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set
forth in the notice in language  calculated  to be  understood  by the claimant,
pertinent  provisions of the Plan shall be cited,  and,  where  appropriate,  an
explanation  as to how the claimant  can perfect the claim will be provided.  In
addition,  the claimant  shall be furnished  with an  explanation  of the Plan's
claims review procedure.

2.13     CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

                  Any Employee,  former Employee,  or Beneficiary of either, who
has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section
2.12  shall  be  entitled  to  request  the   Administrator   to  give   further
consideration  to his claim by filing with the  Administrator  a written request
for a hearing.  Such request,  together with a written  statement of the reasons
why the claimant  believes his claim should be allowed,  shall be filed with the
Administrator  no later than 60 days after  receipt of the written  notification
provided for in Section  2.12.  The  Administrator  shall then conduct a hearing
within the next 60 days, at which the claimant may be represented by an attorney
or any  other  representative  of his  choosing  and  expense  and at which  the
claimant  shall have an  opportunity  to submit  written and oral  evidence  and
arguments  in support of his claim.  At the  hearing  (or prior  thereto  upon 5
business  days  written  notice  to  the  Administrator)  the  claimant  or  his
representative  shall  have  an  opportunity  to  review  all  documents  in the
possession  of the  Administrator  which are pertinent to the claim at issue and
its  disallowance.  Either the claimant or the  Administrator  may cause a court
reporter  to attend the  hearing and record the  proceedings.  In such event,  a
complete  written  transcript  of the  proceedings  shall be  furnished  to both
parties by the court  reporter.  The full expense of any such court reporter and
such  transcripts  shall be borne by the party  causing  the court  reporter  to
attend the hearing.  A final  decision as to the allowance of the claim shall be
made by the Administrator  within 60 days of receipt of the appeal (unless there
has been an  extension  of 60 days due to special  circumstances,  provided  the
delay and the  special  circumstances  occasioning  it are  communicated  to the
claimant  within the 60 day period).  Such  communication  shall be written in a
manner  calculated to be  understood by the claimant and shall include  specific
reasons  for  the  decision  and  specific  references  to  the  pertinent  Plan
provisions on which the decision is based.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

3.1      CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

                  Any  Eligible   Employee  shall  be  eligible  to  participate
hereunder  on the  date  he has  satisfied  the  requirements  specified  in the
Adoption Agreement.

3.2      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

                  An  Eligible   Employee  who  has  become  eligible  to  be  a
Participant shall become a Participant  effective as of the day specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

                  In  the  event  an  Employee  who  has  satisfied  the  Plan's
eligibility  requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant shall go
from a classification of a noneligible  Employee to an Eligible  Employee,  such
Employee  shall  become a  Participant  as of the date he  becomes  an  Eligible
Employee.

                  In  the  event  an  Employee  who  has  satisfied  the  Plan's
eligibility  requirements and would otherwise become a Participant shall go from
a classification of an Eligible  Employee to a noneligible  Employee and becomes
ineligible to participate  and has not incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,  such
Employee shall  participate in the Plan as of the date he returns to an eligible
class of  Employees.  If such  Employee  does incur a 1-Year  Break in  Service,
eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules of the Plan.

3.3      DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

                  The  Administrator  shall  determine the  eligibility  of each
Employee for  participation in the Plan based upon information  furnished by the
Employer.  Such determination  shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons,
as long as the same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such determination
shall be subject to review per Section 2.13.

3.4      TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

                  In the event a Participant  shall go from a classification  of
an Eligible Employee to an ineligible  Employee,  such Former  Participant shall
continue to vest in his interest in the Plan for each Year of Service  completed
while a noneligible Employee, until such time as his Participant's Account shall
be forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, his
interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

3.5      OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

                  If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is
not made until after a contribution  by his Employer for the year has been made,
the  Employer  shall make a  subsequent  contribution,  if  necessary  after the
application of Section  4.3(e),  so that the omitted  Employee  receives a total
amount which the said Employee would have received had he not been omitted. Such
contribution  shall be made  regardless  of whether or not it is  deductible  in
whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.6      INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

                  If, in any Plan  Year,  any  person  who  should not have been
included as a Participant in the Plan is  erroneously  included and discovery of
such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has
been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the  contribution  made
with respect to the ineligible  person  regardless of whether or not a deduction
is  allowable  with  respect to such  contribution.  In such  event,  the amount
contributed with respect to the ineligible  person shall constitute a Forfeiture
for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made.

3.7      ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

                  An Employee  may,  subject to the  approval  of the  Employer,
elect  voluntarily  not  to  participate  in  the  Plan.  The  election  not  to
participate  must be communicated to the Employer,  in writing,  at least thirty
(30) days  before  the  beginning  of a Plan Year.  For  Standardized  Plans,  a
Participant  or  an  Eligible   Employee  may  not  elect  not  to  participate.
Furthermore,  the foregoing  election not to participate  shall not be available
with respect to partners in a partnership.

3.8      CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE

                  (a) If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or
         more  Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan
         is established and one or more other  entities,  this Plan and the plan
         established  for other trades or businesses  must,  when looked at as a
         single Plan,  satisfy Code Sections 401(a) and (d) for the Employees of
         this and all other entities.

                  (b) If the Plan provides  contributions or benefits for one or
         more   Owner-Employees   who  control  one  or  more  other  trades  or
         businesses,  the  employees of the other trades or  businesses  must be
         included in a Plan which  satisfies  Code  Sections  401(a) and (d) and
         which  provides  contributions  and  benefits not less  favorable  than
         provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

                  (c) If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the
         plans of two or more trades or businesses  which are not controlled and
         the  individual  controls a trade or  business,  then the  benefits  or
         contributions  of  the  employees  under  the  plan  of the  trades  or
         businesses  which are controlled must be as favorable as those provided
         for him under the most favorable plan of the trade or business which is
         not controlled.

                  (d)   For   purposes   of   the   preceding   paragraphs,   an
         Owner-Employee,  or two or more Owner-Employees,  will be considered to
         control an entity if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees
         together:

                         (1)  own  the  entire  interest  in  an  unincorporated
                    entity, or

                         (2) in the case of a  partnership,  own more  than 50
                  percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest
                  in the partnership.

                  (e) For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee,
         or two or more Owner-Employees  shall be treated as owning any interest
         in  a  partnership  which  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  a
         partnership   which   such   Owner-Employee,   or  such   two  or  more
         Owner-Employees,  are  considered to control  within the meaning of the
         preceding sentence.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1      FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  (a)      For a Money Purchase Plan -

                           (1) The Employer shall make  contributions  over such
                  period of years as the Employer may determine on the following
                  basis.  On behalf  of each  Participant  eligible  to share in
                  allocations,  for each year of his participation in this Plan,
                  the  Employer  shall  contribute  the amount  specified in the
                  Adoption Agreement. All contributions by the Employer shall be
                  made  in  Cash or in such  property  as is  acceptable  to the
                  Trustee.  The  Employer  shall be  required to obtain a waiver
                  from the Internal  Revenue  Service for any Plan Year in which
                  it is unable  to make the full  required  contribution  to the
                  Plan.  In the event a waiver is  obtained,  this Plan shall be
                  deemed to be an individually designed plan.

                           (2) For any Plan Year  beginning  prior to January 1,
                  1990,  and  if  elected  in  the   non-standardized   Adoption
                  Agreement  for any Plan Year  beginning on or after January 1,
                  1990,  the  Employer  shall  not  contribute  on  behalf  of a
                  Participant  who performs  less than a Year of Service  during
                  any  Plan  Year,  unless  there  is a  Short  Plan  Year  or a
                  contribution is required pursuant to 4.3(h).

                           (3)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Employer's
                  contribution  for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum
                  amount  allowable  as a deduction  to the  Employer  under the
                  provisions  of  Code  Section  404.  However,  to  the  extent
                  necessary to provide the top heavy  minimum  allocations,  the
                  Employer  shall make a  contribution  even if it  exceeds  the
                  amount which is deductible under Code Section 404.

                  (b)      For a Profit Sharing Plan -

                           (1) For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute
                  to the Plan such amount as  specified  by the  Employer in the
                  Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,
                  the  Employer's  contribution  for any  Fiscal  Year shall not
                  exceed the maximum  amount  allowable  as a  deduction  to the
                  Employer  under  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  404.  All
                  contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in such
                  property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

                           (2)  Except,  however,  to the  extent  necessary  to
                  provide the top heavy minimum allocations,  the Employer shall
                  make a contribution  even if it exceeds current or accumulated
                  Net  Profit  or the  amount  which is  deductible  under  Code
                  Section 404.

4.2      TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  The  Employer   shall   generally   pay  to  the  Trustee  its
contribution  to the Plan for each Plan Year within the time  prescribed by law,
including  extensions of time, for the filing of the  Employer's  federal income
tax return for the Fiscal Year.

4.3      ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

                  (a) The Administrator  shall establish and maintain an account
         in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit
         as of each  Anniversary  Date,  or other  valuation  date,  all amounts
         allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

                  (b) The  Employer  shall  provide the  Administrator  with all
         information  required by the  Administrator to make a proper allocation
         of the Employer's contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable
         period of time after the date of receipt by the  Administrator  of such
         information,  the  Administrator  shall allocate such  contribution  as
         follows:

                           (1)      For a Money Purchase Plan:

                                    (i) The  Employer's  Contribution  shall  be
                           allocated to each Participant's  Combined  Accounting
                           in the manner set forth in Section  4.1 herein and as
                           specified in Section E2 of the Adoption Agreement.

                           (2)      For an Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

                                    (i) The  Employer's  contribution  shall  be
                           allocated to each  Participant's  Account,  except as
                           provided in Section 4.3(f),  in a dollar amount equal
                           to  5.7%  of the  sum  of  each  Participant's  total
                           Compensation   plus  Excess   Compensation.   If  the
                           Employer  does not  contribute  such  amount  for all
                           Participants,  each  Participant  will be allocated a
                           share of the contribution in the same proportion that
                           his  total   Compensation   plus  his  total   Excess
                           Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the  total
                           Compensation  plus the total Excess  Compensation  of
                           all Participants for that year.

                           Regardless   of  the   preceding,   4.3%   shall   be
                  substituted for 5.7% above if Excess  Compensation is based on
                  more  than  20% and less  than or equal to 80% of the  Taxable
                  Wage Base. If Excess  Compensation  is based on less than 100%
                  and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 5.4% shall be
                  substituted for 5.7% above.

                                    (ii)   The   balance   of   the   Employer's
                           contribution over the amount allocated above, if any,
                           shall be  allocated  to each  Participant's  Combined
                           Account  in  the  same   proportion  that  his  total
                           Compensation   for  the  Year   bears  to  the  total
                           Compensation of all Participants for such year.

                                    (iii)  Except,  however,  for any Plan  Year
                           beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if elected in
                           the non-standardized  Adoption Agreement for any Plan
                           Year  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  1990,  a
                           Participant  who performs less than a Year of Service
                           during   any  Plan  Year   shall  not  share  in  the
                           Employer's  contribution for that year,  unless there
                           is a Short Plan Year or a  contribution  is  requited
                           pursuant to Section 43(h).

                           (3)      For a Non-Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

                                    (i) The  Employer's  contribution  shall  be
                           allocated to each  Participant's  Account in the same
                           proportion that each such Participant's  Compensation
                           for the year bears to the total  Compensation  of all
                           Participants for such year.

                                    (ii)  Except,  however,  for any  Plan  Year
                           beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if elected in
                           the non-standardized  Adoption Agreement for any Plan
                           Year  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  1990,  a
                           Participant  who performs less than a Year of Service
                           during   any  Plan  Year   shall  not  share  in  the
                           Employer's  contribution for that year,  unless there
                           is a Short Plan Year or a  contribution  is  required
                           pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

                  (c) As of each  Anniversary  Date  or  other  valuation  date,
         before  allocation  of  Employer  contributions  and  Forfeitures,  any
         earnings or losses (net  appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust
         Fund shall be allocated in the same proportion that each  Participant's
         and Former  Participant's  nonsegregated  accounts bear to the total of
         all Participants' and Former Participants' nonsegregated accounts as of
         such  date.  If any  nonsegregated  account of a  Participant  has been
         distributed  prior  to the  Anniversary  Date or other  valuation  date
         subsequent to a Participant's termination of employment, no earnings or
         losses shall be credited to such account.

                  Notwithstanding  the above, with respect to contributions made
         to Plan after the previous  Anniversary  Date or allocation  date,  the
         method specified in the Adoption Agreement shall be used.

                  (d) Participants'  Accounts shall be debited for any insurance
         or annuity  premiums  paid,  if any, and credited with any dividends or
         interest received on insurance contracts.

                  (e) As of each  Anniversary  Date  any  amounts  which  became
         Forfeitures  since  the  last  Anniversary  Date  shall  first  be made
         available to reinstate  previously forfeited account balances of Former
         Participants,  if any, in accordance with Section  6.4(g)(2) or be used
         to satisfy any  contribution  that may be required  pursuant to Section
         3.5 and/or 6.9. The remaining Forfeitures,  if any, shall be treated in
         accordance with the Adoption Agreement.  Provided, however, that in the
         event the allocation of,  Forfeitures  provided  herein shall cause the
         "annual  addition"  (as  defined in Section  4.4) to any  Participant's
         Account to exceed the amount allowable by the Code, the excess shall be
         reallocated in accordance with Section 4.5.  Except,  however,  for any
         Plan Year  beginning  prior to January  1, 1990,  and if elected in the
         non-standardized  Adoption  Agreement for any Plan Year beginning on or
         after January 1, 1990, a  Participant  who performs less than a Year of
         Service  during any Plan Year  shall not share in the Plan  Forfeitures
         for that  year,  unless  there is a Short  Plan Year or a  contribution
         required pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

                  (f)  Minimum  Allocations  Required  for Top Heavy Plan Years:
         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of
         the  Employer's   contributions   and  Forfeitures   allocated  to  the
         Participant's  Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal
         to at  least  three  percent  (3%)  of  such  Non-Key  Employee's  "415
         Compensation"  (reduced  by  contributions  and  forfeitures,  if  any,
         allocated to each  Non-Key  Employee in any defined  contribution  plan
         included with this plan in a Required  Aggregation Group).  However, if
         (i) the sum of the Employer's  contributions and Forfeitures  allocated
         to the Participant's Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top
         Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key  Employee's
         "415 Compensation" and (ii) this Plan is not required to be included in
         an  Aggregation  Group to  enable a  defined  benefit  plan to meet the
         requirements  of  Code  Section  401(a)(4)  or  410,  the  sum  of  the
         Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's
         Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest
         percentage  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of any Key
         Employee.

                  However,  for each Non-Key  Employee who is a Participant in a
         paired Profit  Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit  Sharing Plan and a paired
         Money Purchase Plan, the minimum 3% allocation specified above shall be
         provided in the Money Purchase Plan.

                  If this is an  integrated  Plan,  then for any Top Heavy  Plan
         Year the Employer's contribution shall be allocated as follows:

                           (1)  An  amount  equal  to  3%   multiplied  by  each
                  Participant's   Compensation   for  the  Plan  Year  shall  be
                  allocated to each Participant's  Account. If the Employer does
                  not contribute  such amount for all  Participants,  the amount
                  shall be allocated to each  Participant's  Account in the same
                  proportion that his total Compensation for the Plan Year bears
                  to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

                           (2) The balance of the Employer's  contribution  over
                  the amount  allocated under  subparagraph  (1) hereof shall be
                  allocated  to each  Participant's  Account in a dollar  amount
                  equal to 3% multiplied by a Participant's Excess Compensation.
                  If the  Employer  does  not  contribute  such  amount  for all
                  Participants,  each  Participant  will be allocated a share of
                  the  contribution  in the  same  proportion  that  his  Excess
                  Compensation  bears to the total  Excess  Compensation  of all
                  Participants for that year.

                           (3) The balance of the Employer's  contribution  over
                  the amount  allocated under  subparagraph  (2) hereof shall be
                  allocated  to each  Participant's  Account in a dollar  amount
                  equal  to 2.7%  multiplied  by the  sum of each  Participant's
                  total Compensation plus Excess  Compensation.  If the Employer
                  does not  contribute  such amount for all  Participants,  each
                  Participant  will be allocated a share of the  contribution in
                  the same proportion that his total Compensation plus his total
                  Excess  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears  to the  total
                  Compensation  plus  the  total  Excess   Compensation  of  all
                  Participants for that year.

                           Regardless   of  the   preceding,   1.3%   shall   be
                  substituted for 2.7% above if Excess  Compensation is based on
                  more  than  20% and less  than or equal to 80% of the  Taxable
                  Wage Base. If Excess  Compensation  is based on less than 100%
                  and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 2.4% shall be
                  substituted for 2.7% above.

                           (4) The balance of the Employer's  contributions over
                  the amount allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each
                  Participant's  Account in the same  proportion  that his total
                  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation
                  of all Participants for such year.

                  For each Non-Key  Employee who is a  Participant  in this Plan
         and another  non-paired  defined  contribution  plan  maintained by the
         Employer,  the minimum 3% allocation  specified above shall be provided
         as specified in F3 of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (g) For purposes of the minimum  allocations  set forth above,
         the percentage  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of any
         Key Employee  shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the  Employer's
         contributions and Forfeitures  allocated on behalf of such Key Employee
         divided by the "415 Compensation" for such Key Employee.

                  (h) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum  allocations  set
         forth in this Section shall be allocated to the Participant's  Combined
         Account  of all  Non-Key  Employees  who are  Participants  and who are
         employed by the  Employer  on the last day of the Plan Year,  including
         Non-Key Employees who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; or
         (2) declined to make mandatory  contributions  (if required) or, in the
         case of a cash or deferred arrangement,  elective  contributions to the
         Plan.

                  (i)  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  in any
         Plan Year in which the Employer  maintains both this Plan and a defined
         benefit pension plan included in a Required  Aggregation Group which is
         top heavy,  the  Employer  shall not be  required  to provide a Non-Key
         Employee  with both the full  separate  minimum  defined  benefit  plan
         benefit and the full separate defined  contribution  plan  allocations.
         Therefore,  if the  Employer  maintains  both a Defined  Benefit  and a
         Defined  Contribution  Plan that are a Top Heavy  Group,  the top heavy
         minimum benefits shall be provided as follows:

                           (1)      Applies if F1b of the Adoption Agreement is
                                 Selected -

                                    (i) The  requirements  of Section  2.1 shall
                           apply  except  that each  Non-Key  Employee  who is a
                           Participant  in the  Profit  Sharing  Plan  or  Money
                           Purchase  Plan and who is also a  Participant  in the
                           Defined   Benefit   Plan  shall   receive  a  minimum
                           allocation of five percent (5%) of such Participant's
                           "415   Compensation"   from  the  applicable  Defined
                           Contribution Plan(s).

                                    (ii)  For  each  Non-Key  Employee  who is a
                           Participant  only in the  Defined  Benefit  Plan  the
                           Employer   will  provide  a  minimum   non-integrated
                           benefit  equal to 2% of his highest five  consecutive
                           year  average  "415  Compensation"  for each  Year of
                           Service while a Participant in the Plan, in which the
                           Plan is top heavy, not to exceed ten.

                                    (iii)  For each  Non-Key  Employee  who is a
                           Participant only in this Defined  Contribution  Plan,
                           the Employer shall provide a contribution equal to 3%
                           of his "415 Compensation".

                           (2)      Applies if F1c of the Adoption Agreement is
                                 Selected -

                                    (i)  The  minimum  allocation  specified  in
                           Section  4.3(i)(1)(i) shall be 7 1/2% if the Employer
                           elects in the Adoption  Agreement  for years in which
                           the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

                                    (ii)  The  minimum   benefit   Specified  in
                           Section  4.3(i)(1)(ii)  shall  be 3% if the  Employer
                           elects in the Adoption  Agreement  for years in which
                           the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

                                    (iii) The minimum  allocation  specified  in
                           Section  4.3(i)(1)(iii)  shall be 4% if the  Employer
                           elects in the Adoption  Agreement  for years in which
                           the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

                  (j) For the purposes of this Section, "415 Compensation" shall
         be limited to $200,000  (unless  adjusted  in such manner as  permitted
         under Code Section 415(d)).  However, for Plan Years beginning prior to
         January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit shall apply only for Top Heavy Plan
         Years and shall not be adjusted.

                  (k)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  any
         Participant who terminated  employment during the Plan Year for reasons
         other than death, Total and Permanent  Disability,  or retirement shall
         or shall not share in the  allocations of the Employer's  Contributions
         and Forfeitures as provided in the Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding
         the  foregoing,  for Plan  Years  beginning  after  1989,  if this is a
         standardized  Plan, any such terminated  Participant shall share in the
         allocations  as  provided in this  Section  provided  such  Participant
         completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

                  (l)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         Participants  terminating  for  reasons of death,  Total and  Permanent
         Disability, or retirement shall share in the allocations as provided in
         this Section  regardless  of whether  they  completed a Year of Service
         during the Plan Year.

                  (m) If a Former  Participant  is  re-employed  after  five (5)
         consecutive  1-Year Breaks in Service,  then separate accounts shall be
         maintained as follows:

                  (1) one  account  for  nonforfeitable  benefits  attributable
         to pre-break service; and

                  (2) one account  representing  his employer  derived account
               balance in the Plan attributable to post-break service.

                  (n)  Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to
         the contrary,  if this is a non-standardized  Plan that would otherwise
         fail to meet the requirements of Code Sections  401(a)(26),  410(b)(1),
         or  410(b)(2)(A)(i)  and the Regulations  thereunder  because  Employer
         Contributions  have  not  been  allocated  to a  sufficient  number  or
         percentage of  Participants  for a Plan Year,  then the following rules
         shall apply:

                           (1) The group of  Participants  eligible  to share in
                  the Employer's  contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan Year
                  shall  be  expanded   to  include   the   minimum   number  of
                  Participants  who  would  not  otherwise  be  eligible  as are
                  necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified  above. The
                  specific  participants  who shall  become  eligible  under the
                  terms  of this  paragraph  shall  be  those  who are  actively
                  employed on the last day of the Plan Year and,  when  compared
                  to  similarly  situated   Participants,   have  completed  the
                  greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

                           (2) If after  application of paragraph (1) above, the
                  applicable  test is still  not  satisfied,  then the  group of
                  Participants eligible to share in the Employer's  contribution
                  and Forfeitures for the Plan Year shall be further expanded to
                  include  the  minimum  number  of  Participants  who  are  not
                  actively  employed  on the last  day of the  Plan  Year as are
                  necessary  to  satisfy  the  applicable   test.  The  specific
                  Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those
                  Participants,    when    compared   to   similarly    situated
                  Participants,  who have completed the greatest number of Hours
                  of Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

                  Nothing  in this  Section  shall  permit  the  reduction  of a
Participant's  accrued benefit.  Therefore any amounts that have previously been
allocated to Participants may not be reallocated to satisfy these  requirements.
In such event, the Employer shall make an additional  contribution  equal to the
amount such affected  Participants would have received had they been included in
the  allocations,  even if it exceeds the amount which would be deductible under
Code Section 404. Any adjustment to the  allocations  pursuant to this paragraph
shall be considered a retroactive  amendment adopted by the last day of the Plan
Year.

4.4      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

                  (a) (1) If the  Participant  does not  participate in, and has
                  never participated in another qualified plan maintained by the
                  Employer,  or a  welfare  benefit  fund  (as  defined  in Code
                  Section 419(e)),  maintained by the Employer, or an individual
                  medical  account  (as  defined  in  Code  Section   415(l)(2))
                  maintained by the Employer,  which provides Annual  Additions,
                  the amount of Annual  Additions  which may be  credited to the
                  Participant's  accounts  for any  Limitation  Year  shall  not
                  exceed the  lesser of the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount or any
                  other  limitation  contained  in this  Plan.  If the  Employer
                  contribution  that would otherwise be contributed or allocated
                  to the Participant's accounts would cause the Annual Additions
                  for the  Limitation  Year to exceed  the  Maximum  Permissible
                  Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so
                  that the Annual  Additions for the Limitation  Year will equal
                  the Maximum Permissible Amount.

                           (2) Prior to  determining  the  Participant's  actual
                  Compensation   for  the  Limitation  Year,  the  Employer  may
                  determine the Maximum  Permissible Amount for a Participant on
                  the  basis of a  reasonable  estimation  of the  Participant's
                  Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for
                  all Participants similarly situated.

                           (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the
                  end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for
                  such  Limitation  Year shall be determined on the basis of the
                  Participant's actual compensation for such Limitation Year.

                           (4) If pursuant to Section  4.4(a)(2)  or as a result
                  of the allocation of  Forfeitures,  there is an Excess Amount,
                  the excess will be disposed of as follows:

                                    (i) Any nondeductible  Voluntary Employee
                           Contributions,  to the extent they would  reduce the
                           Excess  Amount,  will be returned to the Participant;

                                    (ii)   If,   after   the    application   of
                           subparagraph (i), an Excess Amount still exists,  and
                           the  Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of
                           the  Limitation   Year,  the  Excess  Amount  in  the
                           Participant's account will be used to reduce Employer
                           contributions    (including    any    allocation   of
                           Forfeitures)   for  such   Participant  in  the  next
                           Limitation Year, and each succeeding  limitation Year
                           if necessary;

                                    (iii)   If,   after   the   application   of
                           subparagraph (i), an Excess Amount still exists,  and
                           the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end
                           of a Limitation  Year, the Excess Amount will be held
                           unallocated  in  a  suspense  account.  The  suspense
                           account  will be  applied to reduce  future  Employer
                           contributions    (including    allocation    of   any
                           Forfeitures)  for all remaining  Participants  in the
                           next Limitation Year, and each succeeding  Limitation
                           Year if necessary;

                                    (iv) If a suspense  account is in  existence
                           at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this
                           Section, it will not participate in the allocation of
                           investment gains and losses. If a suspense account is
                           in   existence   at  any  time  during  a  particular
                           limitation  year, all amounts in the suspense account
                           must be allocated and  reallocated  to  participants'
                           accounts  before any  employer  contributions  or any
                           employee  contributions  may be made to the  plan for
                           that  limitation  year.  Excess  amounts  may  not be
                           distributed to participants or former participants.

                  (b) (1) This subsection  applies if, in addition to this Plan,
                  the  Participant is covered under another  qualified  Regional
                  Prototype   defined   contribution   plan  maintained  by  the
                  Employer,  or a  welfare  benefit  fund  (as  defined  in Code
                  Section 419(e))  maintained by the Employer,  or an individual
                  medical  account  (as  defined  in  Code  Section   415(l)(2))
                  maintained by the Employer,  which provides Annual  Additions,
                  during any Limitation  Year. The Annual Additions which may be
                  credited to a  Participant's  accounts under this Plan for any
                  such Limitation Year shall not exceed the Maximum  Permissible
                  Amount  reduced  by  the  Annual   Additions   credited  to  a
                  Participant's  accounts  under  the other  plans  and  welfare
                  benefit  funds for the same  limitation  Year.  If the  Annual
                  Additions with respect to the Participant  under other defined
                  contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the
                  Employer are less than the Maximum  Permissible Amount and the
                  Employer  contribution  that would otherwise be contributed or
                  allocated to the Participant's  accounts under this Plan would
                  cause the Annual  Additions for the Limitation  Year to exceed
                  this limitation,  the amount  contributed or allocated will be
                  reduced so that the Annual  Additions under all such plans and
                  welfare  benefit funds for the Limitation  Year will equal the
                  Maximum  Permissible  Amount.  If the  Annual  Additions  with
                  respect  to  the   Participant   under   such  other   defined
                  contribution  plans and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate
                  are equal to or greater than the Maximum  Permissible  Amount,
                  no  amount   will  be   contributed   or   allocated   to  the
                  Participant's account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

                           (2) Prior to  determining  the  Participant's  actual
                  Compensation   for  the  Limitation  Year,  the  Employer  may
                  determine the Maximum  Permissible Amount for a Participant in
                  the manner described in Section 4.4(a)(2).

                           (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the
                  end of the limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for
                  the  Limitation  Year will be  determined  on the basis of the
                  Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                           (4) If, pursuant to Section  4.4(b)(2) or as a result
                  of the  allocation  of  Forfeitures,  a  Participant's  Annual
                  Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in
                  an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will
                  be deemed to consist of the Annual  Additions last  allocated,
                  except that Annual Additions attributable to a welfare benefit
                  fund or individual medical account will be deemed to have been
                  allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

                           (5)  If  an  Excess   Amount  was   allocated   to  a
                  Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides
                  with an  allocation  date of another  plan,  the Excess Amount
                  attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

                                    (i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of
                           such date, times

                                    (ii) the ratio of (1) the  Annual  Additions
                           allocated to the  Participant for the Limitation Year
                           as of such  date  under  this  Plan to (2) the  total
                           Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
                           Limitation  Year as of such date  under  this and all
                           the other qualified defined contribution plans.

                           (6) Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be
                  disposed in the manner described in Section 4.4(a)(4).

                  (c) If the  Participant  is covered  under  another  qualified
         defined  contribution  plan  maintained by the Employer  which is not a
         Regional  Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the
         Participant's  account under this Plan for any Limitation  Year will be
         limited in accordance with Section 4.4(b), unless the Employer provides
         other limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

                  (d) If the Employer  maintains,  or at any time maintained,  a
         qualified  defined  benefit plan covering any  Participant in this Plan
         the sum of the Participant's  Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined
         Contribution  Plan Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.
         The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's account
         under this Plan for any  Limitation  Year will be limited in accordance
         with the Limitation on Allocations Section of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (e) For purposes of applying the  limitations  of Code Section
         415, the transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an
         "annual  addition".   In  addition,  the  following  are  not  Employee
         contributions  for the purposes of Section  4.4(f)(1)(2):  (1) rollover
         contributions  (as  defined  in  Code  Sections  402(a)(5),  403(a)(4),
         403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant
         from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions  received by an Employee
         pursuant to Code Section  411(a)(7)(B)  (cash-outs);  (4) repayments of
         distributions   received  by  an  Employee  pursuant  to  Code  Section
         411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions);  and (5) Employee contributions
         to a simplified  employee  pension  excludable  from gross income under
         Code Section 408(k)(6).

                  (f)      For purposes of this Section, the following terms
                  shall be defined as follows:

                           (1)  Annual  Additions  means the sum  credited  to a
                  Participant's accounts for any Limitation Year of (1) Employer
                  contributions,  (2)  effective  with  respect  to  "limitation
                  years"   beginning   after   December   31,   1986,   Employee
                  contributions,  (3) forfeitures,  (4) amounts allocated, after
                  March 31, 1984, to an individual  medical account,  as defined
                  in Code  Section  415(l)(2),  which  is part of a  pension  or
                  annuity  plan  maintained  by the  Employer  and  (5)  amounts
                  derived from  contributions paid or accrued after December 31,
                  1985,  in taxable  years  ending  after  such date,  which are
                  attributable to post-retirement  medical benefits allocated to
                  the  separate  account of a key  employee  (as defined in Code
                  Section  419A(d)(3))  under a welfare benefit fund (as defined
                  in Code Section  419(e))  maintained by the Employer.  Except,
                  however, the "415 Compensation" percentage limitation referred
                  to in  paragraph  (a)(2)  above  shall not  apply to:  (1) any
                  contribution  for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code
                  Section  419A(f)(2))  after  separation  from service which is
                  otherwise treated as an "annual  addition",  or (2) any amount
                  otherwise  treated as an "annual  addition" under Code Section
                  415(l)(1).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for  "limitation
                  years"  beginning  prior to January 1, 1987, only that portion
                  of  Employee  contributions  equal to the  lesser of  Employee
                  Contributions   in  excess  of  six   percent   (6%)  of  "415
                  Compensation" or one-half of Employee  contributions  shall be
                  considered an "annual addition".

                           For this  purpose,  any Excess  Amount  applied under
                  Sections  4.4(a)(4)  and 4.4(b)(6) in the  Limitation  Year to
                  reduce  Employer  contributions  shall  be  considered  Annual
                  Additions for such Limitation Year.

                           (2) Compensation means a Participant's earned income,
                  wages,  salaries,  fees for  professional  services  and other
                  amounts received for personal  services  actually  rendered in
                  the course of  employment  with the Employer  maintaining  the
                  Plan  (including,   but  not  limited  to,   commissions  paid
                  salesmen,   compensation  for  services  on  the  basis  of  a
                  percentage  of profits,  commissions  on  insurance  premiums,
                  tips, and bonuses) and excluding the following:

                                    (i)  Employer  contributions  to a  plan  of
                           deferred compensation which are not includible in the
                           Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which
                           contributed,   or  Employer   contributions  under  a
                           simplified  employee  pension plan to the extent such
                           contributions  are  excludable  from  the  Employee's
                           gross  income,  or any  distributions  from a plan of
                           deferred compensation;

                                    (ii) contributions made by the Employer to a
                           plan of deferred  compensation to the extent that all
                           or   a   portion    of   such    contributions    are
                           recharacterized as a voluntary Employee contribution;

                                    (iii) amounts  realized from the exercise of
                           a  non-qualified  stock  option,  or when  restricted
                           stock  (or  property)  held  by an  Employee  becomes
                           freely  transferable  or is no  longer  subject  to a
                           substantial risk of forfeiture;

                                    (iv)   amounts   realized   from  the  sale,
                           exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under
                           a qualified stock option; and

                                    (v) other amounts which received special tax
                           benefits,   or  contributions  made  by  an  Employer
                           (whether or not under a salary  reduction  agreement)
                           towards the purchase of an annuity contract described
                           in  Code   Section   403(b)   (whether   or  not  the
                           contributions are excludable from the gross income of
                           the Employee).

                           For  purposes of  applying  the  limitations  of this
                  Section  4.4,  Compensation  for  any  Limitation  Year is the
                  Compensation  actually  paid or  includible  in  gross  income
                  during  such year.  Notwithstanding  the  preceding  sentence,
                  Compensation for a Participant in a profit sharing plan who is
                  permanently  and totally  disabled (as defined in Code Section
                  22(e)(3))  is the  Compensation  such  Participant  would have
                  received for the Limitation  Year if the  Participant had been
                  paid  at the  rate of  Compensation  paid  immediately  before
                  becoming  permanently  and  totally  disabled;   such  imputed
                  Compensation  for the disabled  Participant  may be taken into
                  account only if the  Participant  is not a Highly  Compensated
                  Employee and contributions  made on behalf of such Participant
                  are nonforfeitable when made.

                           (3) Defined  Benefit  Fraction means a fraction,  the
                  numerator of which is the sum of the  Participant's  Projected
                  Annual  Benefits under all the defined  benefit plans (whether
                  or  not  terminated)  maintained  by  the  Employer,  and  the
                  denominator  of  which is the  lesser  of 125  percent  of the
                  dollar  limitation  determined for the  Limitation  Year under
                  Code  Sections  415(b) and (d) or 140  percent of his  Highest
                  Average  Compensation  including  any  adjustments  under Code
                  Section 415(b).

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  if the Participant was a
                  Participant as of the first day of the first  Limitation  Year
                  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  in one or more defined
                  benefit  plans  maintained  by  the  Employer  which  were  in
                  existence on May 6, 1986,  the  denominator  of this  fraction
                  will not be less  than 125  percent  of the sum of the  annual
                  benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as
                  of the end of the close of the last  Limitation Year beginning
                  before January 1, 1987,  disregarding any changes in the terms
                  and  conditions  of the plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding
                  sentence   applies   only  if  the   defined   benefit   plans
                  individually  and in the aggregate  satisfied the requirements
                  of Code Section 415 for all Limitation  Years beginning before
                  January 1, 1987.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan
                  Year,  100  shall be  substituted  for 125  unless  the  extra
                  minimum  allocation is being made  pursuant to the  Employer's
                  election in F1 of the  Adoption  Agreement.  However,  for any
                  Plan Year in which  this Plan is a Super Top Heavy  Plan,  100
                  shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

                           (4)  Defined  Contribution  Dollar  Limitation  means
                  $30,000,  or, if greater,  one-fourth  of the defined  benefit
                  dollar  limitation  set forth in Code Section  415(b)(1) as in
                  effect for the Limitation Year.

                           (5) Defined  Contribution  Fraction means a fraction,
                  the  numerator of which is sum of the Annual  Additions to the
                  Participant's account under all the defined contribution plans
                  (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the
                  current and all prior Limitation Years,  (including the Annual
                  Additions  attributable  to  the  Participant's  nondeductible
                  voluntary employee contributions to any defined benefit plans,
                  whether or not terminated,  maintained by the Employer and the
                  annual additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as
                  defined  in  Code  Section  419(e),   and  individual  medical
                  accounts, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2),  maintained by
                  the Employer),  and the denominator of which is the sum of the
                  maximum  aggregate  amounts  for the  current  and  all  prior
                  Limitation  Years of Service with the Employer  (regardless of
                  whether  a defined  contribution  plan was  maintained  by the
                  Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year
                  is the  lesser  of 125  percent  of the  Defined  Contribution
                  Dollar   Limitation   or  35  percent  of  the   Participant's
                  Compensation  for such year.  For limitation  Years  beginning
                  prior to January 1, 1987, the "annual  addition"  shall not be
                  recomputed  to treat all Employee  contributions  as an Annual
                  Addition.

                           If the  Employee was a  Participant  as of the end of
                  the first day of the first  Limitation  Year  beginning  after
                  December 31, 1986, in one or more defined  contribution  plans
                  maintained  by the Employer  which were in existence on May 5,
                  1986,  the  numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the
                  sum of this fraction and the Defined  Benefit  Fraction  would
                  otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.  Under the
                  adjustment,  an amount  equal to the product of (1) the excess
                  of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator
                  of this  fraction,  will be  permanently  subtracted  from the
                  numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated using
                  the  fractions  as they would be computed as of the end of the
                  last  Limitation  Year  beginning  before January 1, 1987, and
                  disregarding  any changes in the terms and  conditions  of the
                  plan made after May 5, 1986,  but using the Code  Section  415
                  limitation  applicable to the first  Limitation Year beginning
                  on or after January 1, 1987.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan
                  Year,  100  shall be  substituted  for 125  unless  the  extra
                  minimum  allocation is being made  pursuant to the  Employer's
                  election in F1 of the  Adoption  Agreement.  However,  for any
                  Plan Year in which  this Plan is a Super Top Heavy  Plan,  100
                  shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

                           (6) Employer means the Employer that adopts this Plan
                  and all Affiliated Employers, except that for purposes of this
                  Section,  Affiliated Employers shall be determined pursuant to
                  the modification made by Code Section 415(h).

                           (7)   Excess   Amount   means   the   excess  of  the
                  Participant's  Annual  Additions for the Limitation  Year over
                  the Maximum Permissible Amount.

                           (8) Highest  Average  Compensation  means the average
                  Compensation for the three  consecutive  Years of Service with
                  the  Employer  that  produces the highest  average.  A Year of
                  Service with the Employer is the 12  consecutive  month period
                  defined in Section El of the Adoption  Agreement which is used
                  to determine Compensation under the Plan.

                           (9) Limitation Year means the Compensation Year (a 12
                  consecutive  month  period) as elected by the  Employer in the
                  Adoption  Agreement.  All  qualified  plans  maintained by the
                  Employer must use the same Limitation  Year. If the Limitation
                  Year is amended to a different 12  consecutive  month  period,
                  the new  Limitation  Year  must  begin  on a date  within  the
                  Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

                           (10)  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  means the maximum
                  Annual  Addition  that may be  contributed  or  allocated to a
                  Participant's  account under the plan for any Limitation Year,
                  which shall not exceed the lesser of:

                                    (i)     the Defined Contribution Dollar
                         Limitation, or

                                    (ii)    25 percent of the Participant's
                         Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                           The Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii) shall
                  not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
                  meaning  of Code  Sections  401(h)  or  419A(f)(2))  which  is
                  otherwise  treated as an annual  addition  under Code Sections
                  415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

                           If a short  Limitation  Year is created because of an
                  amendment  changing  the  Limitation  Year to a  different  12
                  consecutive month period, the Maximum  Permissible Amount will
                  not  exceed  the  Defined   Contribution  Dollar  Contribution
                  multiplied by the following fraction:

                                   number of months in the short Limitation Year
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                       12

                           (11)  Projected   Annual  Benefit  means  the  annual
                  retirement  benefit  (adjusted  to an  actuarially  equivalent
                  straight  life  annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form
                  other than a straight  life  annuity  or  qualified  Joint and
                  Survivor  Annuity) to which the Participant  would be entitled
                  under the terms of the plan assuming:

                                    (i)     The Participant will continue
                          employment  until Normal  Retirement Age (or current
                          age, if later), and
                                    (ii) The Participant's  Compensation for the
                           current   Limitation  Year  and  all  other  relevant
                           factors  used to  determine  benefits  under the Plan
                           will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

                  (g) Regional Prototype Plan means a plan the form of which has
         been the subject of a favorable  notification  letter from the Internal
         Revenue Service.

                  (h) Notwithstanding  anything contained in this Section to the
         contrary,   the   limitations,   adjustments  and  other   requirements
         prescribed  in  this  Section  shall  at  all  times  comply  with  the
         provisions  of Code  Section 415 and the  Regulations  thereunder,  the
         terms of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

4.5      ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

                  (a)  If as a  result  of  the  allocation  of  Forfeitures,  a
         reasonable error in estimating a Participant's annual Compensation,  or
         other facets and circumstances to which Regulation  1.415-6(b)(6) shall
         be applicable,  the "annual  additions" under this Plan would cause the
         maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the Administrator shall
         treat the excess in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

4.6      TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

                  (a) If  specified  in the  Adoption  Agreement  and  with  the
         consent of the  Administrator,  amounts may be  transferred  from other
         qualified  plans,  provided  that the trust  from  which such funds are
         transferred  permits the transfer to be made and the transfer  will not
         Jeopardize  the tax  exempt  status of the Plan or create  adverse  tax
         consequences for the Employer.  The amounts transferred shall be set up
         in a separate account herein referred to as a  "Participant's  Rollover
         Account." Such account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not
         be subject to forfeiture for any reason.

                  (b) Amounts in a Participant's  Rollover Account shall be held
         by the Trustee  pursuant to the  provisions of this Plan and may not be
         withdrawn by, or distributed to the  Participant,  in whole or in part,
         except as provided in Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section.

                  (c) Amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined
         in Regulation 1.401(k)-l(g)(4)),  including amounts treated as elective
         contributions,  which are transferred from another  qualified plan in a
         plan-to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution  limitations
         provided for in Regulation 1.401(k)-l(d).

                  (d) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant or his Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  benefits,
         the fair market value of the  Participant's  Rollover  Account shall be
         used  to  provide  additional   benefits  to  the  Participant  or  his
         Beneficiary.  Any  distributions  of  amounts  held in a  Participant's
         Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and
         satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to,
         all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417
         and the  Regulations  thereunder.  Furthermore,  such amounts  shall be
         considered as part of a Participant's benefit in determining whether an
         involuntary  cash-out of benefits  without  Participant  consent may be
         made.

                  (e) The Administrator may direct that employee  transfers made
         after a valuation date be segregated  into a separate  account for each
         Participant  until such time as the  allocations  pursuant to this Plan
         have been made, at which time they may remain segregated or be invested
         as  part  of  the  general   Trust  Fund,   to  be  determined  by  the
         Administrator.

                  (f) For purposes of this Section,  the term  "qualified  plan"
         shall mean any tax qualified plan under Code Section  401(a).  The term
         "amounts  transferred  from other  qualified  plans"  shall  mean:  (i)
         amounts  transferred to this Plan directly from another qualified plan;
         (ii)  lump-sum  distributions  received  by an  Employee  from  another
         qualified  plan which are eligible for tax free rollover to a qualified
         plan and which are  transferred  by the  Employee  to this Plan  within
         sixty  (60)  days   following  his  receipt   thereof,   (iii)  amounts
         transferred to this Plan from a conduit  individual  retirement account
         provided that the conduit  individual  retirement account has no assets
         other than assets which (A) were previously distributed to the Employee
         by another qualified plan as a lump-sum  distribution (B) were eligible
         for tax free  rollover to a qualified  plan and (C) were  deposited  in
         such conduit  individual  retirement  account within sixty (60) days of
         receipt  thereof  and other  than  earnings  on said  assets;  and (iv)
         amounts   distributed  to  the  Employee  from  a  conduit   individual
         retirement  account meeting the requirements of clause (iii) above, and
         transferred  by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days of his
         receipt thereof from such conduit individual retirement account.

                  (g) Prior to  accepting  any  transfers  to which this Section
         applies,  the  Administrator may require the Employee to establish that
         the amounts to be  transferred  to this Plan meet the  requirements  of
         this Section and may also require the Employee to provide an opinion of
         counsel satisfactory to the Employer that the amounts to be transferred
         meet the requirements of this Section.

                  (h)  Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  a
         transfer  directly  to this  Plan  from  another  qualified  plan (or a
         transaction  having  the  effect  of  such a  transfer)  shall  only be
         permitted if it will not result in the  elimination or reduction of any
         "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" as described in Section 8.1.

4.7      VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

                  (a) If this,  is an  amendment  to a Plan that had  previously
         allowed voluntary Employee  contributions,  then, except as provided in
         4.7(b)   below,   this  Plan  will  not   accept   voluntary   Employee
         contributions  for Plan  Years  beginning  after the Plan Year in which
         this Plan is adopted by the Employer.

                  (b) For 401(k)  Plans,  if elected in the Adoption  Agreement,
         each  Participant  may, at the  discretion  of the  Administrator  in a
         nondiscriminatory  manner, elect to voluntarily contribute a portion of
         his  compensation  earned  while a  Participant  under this Plan.  Such
         contributions  shall be paid to the Trustee within a reasonable  period
         of time but in no event  later  than 90 days  after the  receipt of the
         contribution.

                  (c) The balance in each Participant's  Voluntary  Contribution
         Account  shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to
         Forfeiture for any reason.

                  (d)  A  Participant   may  elect  to  withdraw  his  voluntary
         contributions  from his Voluntary  Contribution  Account and the actual
         earnings thereon in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the
         provisions  of Section 6.5,  including,  but not limited to, all notice
         and consent  requirements  of Code Sections  411(a)(11) and 417 and the
         Regulations  thereunder.  If the Administrator  maintains  sub-accounts
         with respect to voluntary  contributions  (and earnings  thereon) which
         were  made on or  before  a  specified  date,  a  Participant  shall be
         permitted to designate  which  sub-account  shall be the source for his
         withdrawal.  No  Forfeitures  shall  occur  solely  as a  result  of an
         Employee's withdrawal of Employee contributions.

                  In the  event  such a  withdrawal  is made,  or in the event a
         Participant has received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation
         1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any plan maintained by the Employer, then
         such   Participant   shall  be  barred   from   making  any   voluntary
         contributions  for a period of twelve (12) months after  receipt of the
         withdrawal or distribution.

                  (e) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant or his Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  benefits,
         the fair market value of the  Voluntary  Contribution  Account shall be
         used  to  provide  additional   benefits  to  the  Participant  or  his
         Beneficiary.

                  (f) The Administrator may direct that voluntary  contributions
         made after a valuation date be segregated into a separate account until
         such time as the  allocations  pursuant to this Plan have been made, at
         which time they may remain  segregated  or be  invested  as part of the
         general Trust Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

4.8      DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

                  (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants may
         direct the Trustee as to the  investment of all or a portion of any one
         or more of their individual  account balances.  Participants may direct
         the trustee in writing to invest  their  account in specific  assets as
         permitted  by  the  Administrator  provided  such  investments  are  in
         accordance  with the Department of Labor  regulations and are permitted
         by the  Plan.  That  portion  of the  account  of  any  Participant  so
         directing will thereupon be considered a Directed Investment Account.

                  (b)  A  separate   Directed   Investment   Account   shall  be
         established  for  each  Participant  who has  directed  an  investment.
         Transfers between the Participant's  regular account and their Directed
         Investment  Account shall be charged and credited as the case may be to
         each account.  The Directed Investment Account shall not share in Trust
         Fund Earnings,  but it shall be charged or credited as appropriate with
         the  net  earnings,   gains,   losses  and  expenses  as  well  as  any
         appreciation  or  depreciation  in market  value  during each Plan Year
         attributable to such account.

                  (c) The  Administrator  shall  establish  a  procedure,  to be
         applied in a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  manner,  setting forth the
         permissible  investment  options under this Section,  how often changes
         between  investments  may be made, and any other  limitations  that the
         Administrator   shall  impose  on  a  Participant's   right  to  direct
         investments.

4.9      QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

                  (a)  If  this  is  an  amendment  to a  Plan  that  previously
         permitted deductible voluntary contributions, then each Participant who
         made a "qualified  Voluntary Employee  Contribution" within the meaning
         of Code Section  219(e)(2) as it existed  prior to the enactment of the
         Tax Reform Act of 1986, shall have his contribution  held in a separate
         qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution Account which shall be fully
         Vested  at  all  times.  Such  contributions,  however,  shall  not  be
         permitted if they are  attributable  to taxable years  beginning  after
         December 31, 1986.

                  (b) A Participant  may, upon written request  delivered to the
         Administrator,  make withdrawals from his Qualified  Voluntary Employee
         Contribution  Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which
         is  consistent  with and  satisfies  the  provisions  of  Section  6.5,
         including,  but not limited to, all notice and consent  requirements of
         Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

                  (c) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant or his Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  benefits,
         the fair market value of the qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution
         Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant
         or his Beneficiary.

                  (d)  Unless  the  Administrator  directs  qualified  Voluntary
         Employee Contributions made pursuant to this Section be segregated into
         a separate account for each Participant, they shall be invested as part
         of the general Trust Fund and share in earnings and losses.

4.10     ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  In the event this Plan  previously  provided for  voluntary or
mandatory  Employee  contributions,  then,  with respect to Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1986, such  contributions must satisfy the provisions of Code
Section 401(m) and the Regulations thereunder.

4.11     INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

                  If  the  Employer  and/or  an  Affiliated   Employer  maintain
qualified  retirement  plans  integrated  with  Social  Security  such  that any
Participant in this Plan is covered under more than one of such plans, then such
plans will be  considered to be one plan and will be considered to be integrated
if the extent of the  integration  of all such plans does not exceed  100%.  For
purposes of the preceding  sentence,  the extent of integration of a plan is the
ratio,  expressed as a  percentage,  which the actual  benefits,  benefit  rate,
offset rate, or employer  contribution rate,  whatever is applicable,  under the
Plan bears to the limitation  applicable to such Plan. It the Employer maintains
two or more  standardized  paired plans,  only one plan may be  integrated  with
Social Security.



<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V
                                   VALUATIONS

5.1      VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

                 The  Administrator   shall  direct  the  Trustee,  as  of  each
Anniversary  Date,  and at such  other  date or dates  deemed  necessary  by the
Administrator, herein called "valuation date," to determine the net worth of the
assets  comprising  the  Trust  Fund as it exists  on the  "valuation  date." In
determining  such net worth,  the Trustee shall value the assets  comprising the
Trust  Fund at their  fair  market  value as of the  "valuation  date" and shall
deduct all  expenses  for which the Trustee has not yet  obtained  reimbursement
from the Employer or the Trust Fund.

5.2      METHOD OF VALUATION

                  In determining the fair market value of securities held in the
Trust Fund which are listed on a registered  stock exchange,  the  Administrator
shall  direct the  Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded
on such  exchange  preceding the close of business on the  "valuation  date." If
such securities  were not traded on the "valuation  date," or if the exchange on
which they are traded was not open for  business on the  "valuation  date," then
the  securities  shall be valued at the  prices at which  they were last  traded
prior to the  "valuation  date." Any  unlisted  security  held in the Trust Fund
shall be valued at its bid price next  preceding  the close of  business  on the
"valuation  date," which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or
an investment  banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than
securities  for which  trading or bid prices can be  obtained,  the  Trustee may
appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that  purpose  and  rely on the  values  established  by such  appraiser  or
appraisers.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

                  Every  Participant  may  terminate  his  employment  with  the
Employer  and retire for the purposes  hereof on or after his Normal  Retirement
Date or  Early  Retirement  Date.  Upon  such  Normal  Retirement  Date or Early
Retirement  Date, all amounts  credited to such  Participant's  Combined Account
shall become distributable.  However, a Participant may postpone the termination
of his  employment  with  the  Employer  to a later  date,  in which  event  the
participation  of such  Participant in the Plan,  including the right to receive
allocations  pursuant to Section 4.3, shall  continue until his Late  Retirement
Date.  Upon  a  Participant's  Retirement  Date,  or as  soon  thereafter  as is
practicable,  the  Administrator  shall direct the  distribution  of all amounts
credited to such Participant's Combined Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.2      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

                  (a) Upon the death of a Participant before his Retirement Date
         or other  termination of his employment,  all amounts  credited to such
         Participant's   Combined   Account  shall  become  fully  Vested.   The
         Administrator  shall  direct,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
         Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the  distribution  of the deceased  Participant's
         accounts to the Participant's Beneficiary.

                  (b) Upon the death of a Former Participant,  the Administrator
         shall  direct,  in accordance  with the  provisions of Sections 6.6 and
         6.7, the distribution of any remaining amounts credited to the accounts
         of  such  deceased  Former  Participant  to such  Former  Participant's
         Beneficiary.

                  (c) The  Administrator  may require such proper proof of death
         and such evidence of the right of any person to receive  payment of the
         value of the account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as
         the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator's determination
         of death and of the right of any  person to  receive  payment  shall be
         conclusive.

                  (d)  Unless  otherwise  elected in the  manner  prescribed  in
         Section 6.6, the  Beneficiary of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity
         shall be the Participant's spouse. Except, however, the Participant may
         designate a  Beneficiary  other than his spouse for the  Pre-Retirement
         Survivor Annuity if:

                           (1) the  Participant  and  his  spouse  have  validly
                  waived  the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity  in the  manner
                  prescribed  in Section  6.6,  and the spouse has waived his or
                  her right to be the Participant's Beneficiary, or

                           (2) the Participant is legally  separated or has been
                  abandoned   (within   the   meaning  of  local  law)  and  the
                  Participant  has a court order to such effect (and there is no
                  "qualified  domestic  relations  order"  as  defined  in  Code
                  Section 414(p) which provides otherwise), or

                           (3)      the Participant has no spouse, or

                           (4)      the spouse cannot be located.

                  In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary  shall be made
         on a form satisfactory to the  Administrator.  A Participant may at any
         time revoke his  designation of a Beneficiary or change his Beneficiary
         by  filing  written  notice  of such  revocation  or  change  with  the
         Administrator.  However, the Participant's spouse must again consent in
         writing  to any  change in  Beneficiary  unless  the  original  consent
         acknowledged  that the spouse had the right to limit  consent only to a
         specific  Beneficiary  and  that  the  spouse  voluntarily  elected  to
         relinquish such right.  The Participant  may, at any time,  designate a
         Beneficiary  for  death  benefits  payable  under  the Plan that are in
         excess of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity.  In the event no valid
         designation  of  Beneficiary  exists  at the time of the  Participant's
         death, the death benefit shall be payable to his estate.

                  (e) If the  Plan  provides  an  insured  death  benefit  and a
         Participant dies before any insurance  coverage to which he is entitled
         under the Plan is  effected,  his  death  benefit  from such  insurance
         coverage  shall be limited to the standard  rated  premium which was or
         should have been used for such purpose.

                  (f) In the  event of any  conflict  between  the terms of this
         Plan  and  the  terms  of  any  Contract  issued  hereunder,  the  Plan
         provisions shall control.

6.3      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

                  In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability
prior to his Retirement Date or other termination of his employment, all amounts
credited to such  Participant's  Combined Account shall become fully Vested.  In
the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability,  the Administrator,
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Sections 6.5 and 6.7,  shall direct the
distribution to such Participant of all amounts  credited to such  Participant's
Combined Account as though he had retired.

6.4      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

                  (a) On or before  the  Anniversary  Date,  or other  valuation
         date,   coinciding   with  or  subsequent  to  the   termination  of  a
         Participant's  employment for any reason other than retirement,  death,
         or Total and Permanent  Disability,  the  Administrator may direct that
         the  amount of the  Vested  portion  of such  Terminated  Participant's
         Combined  Account be segregated and invested  separately.  In the event
         the  Vested  portion  of  a  Participant's   Combined  Account  is  not
         segregated,  the  amount  shall  remain in a separate  account  for the
         Terminated Participant and share in allocations pursuant to Section 4.3
         until  such  time  as  a   distribution   is  made  to  the  Terminated
         Participant.  The amount of the portion of the  Participant's  Combined
         Account  which is not Vested  may be  credited  to a  separate  account
         (which will always  share in gains and losses of the Trust Fund) and at
         such  time as the  amount  becomes a  Forfeiture  shall be  treated  in
         accordance with the provisions of the Plan regarding Forfeitures.

                  Regardless of whether distributions in kind are permitted,  in
         the event  that the  amount of the  Vested  portion  of the  Terminated
         Participant's  Combined Account equals or exceeds the fair market value
         of any  insurance  Contracts,  the  Trustee,  when so  directed  by the
         Administrator  and  agreed  to by  the  Terminated  Participant,  shall
         assign,  transfer,  and set  over to such  Terminated  Participant  all
         Contracts on his life in such form or with such  endorsements,  so that
         the  settlement  options and forms of payment are  consistent  with the
         provisions   of  Section   6.5.  In  the  event  that  the   Terminated
         Participant's  Vested  portion  does not at least equal the fair market
         value of the Contracts, if any, the Terminated Participant may pay over
         to the  Trustee  the sum needed to make the  distribution  equal to the
         value of the Contracts being assigned or  transferred,  or the Trustee,
         pursuant to the  Participant's  election,  may borrow the cash value of
         the  Contracts  from the Insurer so that the value of the  Contracts is
         equal to the Vested  portion of the Terminated  Participant's  Combined
         Account and then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.

                  Distribution  of the  funds  due to a  Terminated  Participant
         shall be made on the  occurrence  of an event which would result in the
         distribution had the Terminated  Participant  remained in the employ of
         the  Employer  (upon  the  Participant's  death,  Total  and  Permanent
         Disability,  Early or Normal  Retirement).  However, at the election of
         the Participant,  the Administrator shall direct that the entire Vested
         portion of the Terminated  Participant's Combined Account to be payable
         to such Terminated  Participant  provided the  conditions,  if any, set
         forth in the Adoption  Agreement have been satisfied.  Any distribution
         under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent with
         and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5,  including but not limited
         to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and
         417 and the Regulations thereunder.

                  Notwithstanding  the  above,  if  the  value  of a  Terminated
         Participant's   Vested  benefit  derived  from  Employer  and  Employee
         contributions   does  not  exceed,   and  at  the  time  of  any  prior
         distribution, has never exceeded $3,500, the Administrator shall direct
         that the entire Vested benefit be paid to such  Participant in a single
         lump-sum  without  regard  to the  consent  of the  Participant  or the
         Participant's  spouse. A Participant's Vested benefit shall not include
         qualified Voluntary Employee  Contributions  within the meaning of Code
         Section 72(0)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

                  (b) The Vested portion of any Participant's Account shall be a
         percentage of such Participant's Account determined on the basis of the
         Participant's  number  of Years of  Service  according  to the  vesting
         schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                  (c) For any Top Heavy Plan Year,  one of the minimum top heavy
         vesting schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption  Agreement
         will  automatically  apply to the Plan.  The minimum top heavy  vesting
         schedule  applies to all  benefits  within the meaning of Code  Section
         411(a)(7)   except  those   attributable  to  Employee   contributions,
         including  benefits  accrued  before the effective date of Code Section
         416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became top heavy.  Further, no
         decrease in a  Participant's  Vested  percentage may occur in the event
         the Plan's status as top heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this
         Section does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does
         not have an Hour of  Service  after the Plan has  initially  become top
         heavy  and  the  Vested  percentage  of such  Employee's  Participant's
         Account shall be determined without regard to this Section 6.4(c).

                  If in any  subsequent  Plan Year,  the Plan ceases to be a Top
         Heavy  Plan,  the  Administrator  shall  continue  to use  the  vesting
         schedule  in  effect  while  the  Plan  was a Top  Heavy  Plan for each
         Employee  who had an Hour of  Service  during a Plan Year when the Plan
         was Top Heavy.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  the  vesting  schedule  above,  upon the
         complete discontinuance of the Employer's  contributions to the Plan or
         upon any full or partial  termination of the Plan, all amounts credited
         to the account of any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and
         shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.

                  (e)  If  this  is  an   amended   or   restated   Plan,   then
         notwithstanding   the  vesting  schedule   specified  in  the  Adoption
         Agreement,  the Vested percentage of a Participant's  Account shall not
         be less  than the  Vested  percentage  attained  as of the later of the
         effective date or adoption date of this amendment and restatement.  The
         computation  of  a  Participant's   nonforfeitable  percentage  of  his
         interest  in the Plan  shall not be reduced as the result of any direct
         or indirect amendment to this Article,  or due to changes in the Plan's
         status as a Top Heavy Plan.

                  (f) If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended,  or if the Plan
         is  amended  in  any  way  that  directly  or  indirectly  affects  the
         computation of the  Participant's  nonforfeitable  percentage or if the
         Plan is deemed  amended by an automatic  change to a top heavy  vesting
         schedule,  then each Participant with at least 3 Years of Service as of
         the  expiration  date of the  election  period  may  elect  to have his
         nonforfeitable  percentage  computed  under the Plan without  regard to
         such amendment or change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years
         beginning before January 1, 1989, or with respect to Employees who fail
         to complete  at least one (1) Hour of Service in a Plan Year  beginning
         after December 31, 1988, five (5) shall be substituted for three (3) in
         the preceding  sentence.  If a Participant fails to make such election,
         then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The
         Participant's  election  period shall  commence on the adoption date of
         the amendment and shall end 60 days after the latest of:

                           (1)      the adoption date of the amendment,

                           (2)      the effective date of the amendment, or

                           (3)      the date the  Participant  receives  written
                          notice of the amendment  from the Employer or
                          Administrator.

                  (g) (1) If any Former  Participant shall be re-employed by the
         Employer before a 1-Year Break in Service occurs,  he shall continue to
         participate in the Plan in the same manner as if such  termination  had
         not occurred.

                           (2) If any Former Participant shall be re-employed by
                  the  Employer  before five (5)  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks in
                  Service,   and  such  Former   Participant   had   received  a
                  distribution  of  his  entire  Vested  interest  prior  to his
                  reemployment,  his forfeited  account shall be reinstated only
                  if he repays  the full  amount  distributed  to him before the
                  earlier  of five (5) years  after the first  date on which the
                  Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer or the
                  close of the first period of 5  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks in
                  Service  commencing after the distribution.  If a distribution
                  occurs for any reason  other than a separation  from  service,
                  the time for repayment may not end earlier than five (5) years
                  after  the  date  of  separation.  In  the  event  the  Former
                  Participant does repay the full amount distributed to him, the
                  undistributed  portion of the  Participant's  Account  must be
                  restored in full,  unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring
                  subsequent to the  Anniversary  Date or other  valuation  date
                  preceding  his   termination.   If  an  employee   receives  a
                  distribution pursuant to this section and the employee resumes
                  employment   covered   under   this   plan,   the   employee's
                  employer-derived  account  balance  will  be  restored  to the
                  amount on the date of  distribution  if the employee repays to
                  the plan the full amount of the  distribution  attributable to
                  employer contributions before the earlier of 5 years after the
                  first   date  on  which  the   participant   is   subsequently
                  re-employed  by the  employer,  or the  date  the  participant
                  incurs 5 consecutive  1-year  breaks in service  following the
                  date of the distribution.  If a non-Vested Former  Participant
                  was deemed to have  received a  distribution  and such  Former
                  Participant  is  re-employed  by the Employer  before five (5)
                  consecutive  1-Year Breaks in Service,  then such  Participant
                  will be deemed to have  repaid the deemed  distribution  as of
                  the date of reemployment.

                           (3) If any Former  Participant is re-employed after a
                  1-Year Break in Service has  occurred,  Years of Service shall
                  include  Years of Service prior to his 1-Year Break in Service
                  subject to the following rules:

                                    (i) Any  Former  Participant  who  under the
                           Plan  does  not  have a  nonforfeitable  right to any
                           interest  in  the  Plan   resulting   from   Employer
                           contributions  shall lose credits if his  consecutive
                           1-Year  Breaks in Service equal or exceed the greater
                           of (A) five (5) or (B) the  aggregate  number  of his
                           pre-break Years of Service;

                                    (ii)  After  five  (5)  consecutive   1-Year
                           Breaks  in  Service,  a Former  Participant's  Vested
                           Account  balance  attributable  to pre-break  service
                           shall  not be  increased  as a result  of  post-break
                           service;

                                    (iii)   A   Former    Participant   who   is
                           re-employed  and who has not had his Years of Service
                           before a 1-Year Break in Service disregarded pursuant
                           to (i) above, shall participate in the Plan as of his
                           date of reemployment;

                                    (iv) If a  Former  Participant  completes  a
                           Year of Service (a 1-Year Break in Service previously
                           occurred,  but  employment  had not  terminated),  he
                           shall participate in the Plan  retroactively from the
                           first day of the Plan Year during  which he completes
                           one (1) Year o f Service.

                  (h) In  determining  Years of Service for  purposes of vesting
         under the Plan,  Years of Service shall be excluded as specified in the
         Adoption Agreement.

6.5      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

                  (a)  (1)  Unless  otherwise   elected  as  provided  below,  a
         Participant who is married on the "annuity  starting date" and who does
         not die before the "annuity  starting  date" shall receive the value of
         all of his  benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor  Annuity.  The
         Joint and Survivor Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and
         shall  be equal in value to a  single  life  annuity.  Such  joint  and
         survivor benefits  following the Participant's  death shall continue to
         the spouse  during the spouse's  lifetime at a rate equal to 50% of the
         rate at which such benefits were payable to the Participant. This Joint
         and Survivor Annuity shall be considered the designated qualified Joint
         and Survivor  Annuity and automatic form of payment for the purposes of
         this  Plan.  However,  the  Participant  may elect to receive a smaller
         annuity  benefit with  continuation of payments to the spouse at a rate
         of seventy-five percent (75%) or one hundred percent (100%) of the rate
         payable to a Participant  during his lifetime which  alternative  Joint
         and Survivor Annuity shall be equal in value to the automatic Joint and
         50% Survivor Annuity. An unmarried  Participant shall receive the value
         of  his  benefit  in  the  form  of  a  life  annuity.  Such  unmarried
         Participant,  however,  may elect in writing to waive the life annuity.
         The election  must comply with the  provisions of this Section as if it
         were an election to waive the Joint and  Survivor  Annuity by a married
         Participant,   but  without  the  spousal  consent   requirement.   The
         Participant may elect to have any annuity  provided for in this Section
         distributed upon the attainment of the "earliest  retirement age" under
         the Plan. The "earliest  retirement age" is the earliest date on which,
         under the Plan,  the  Participant  could  elect to  receive  retirement
         benefits.

                           (2) Any  election  to waive the  Joint  and  Survivor
                  Annuity must be made by the  Participant in writing during the
                  election  period  and be  consented  to by  the  Participant's
                  spouse. If the spouse is legally  incompetent to give consent,
                  the  spouse's  legal  guardian,  even if such  guardian is the
                  Participant, may give consent. Such election shall designate a
                  Beneficiary  (or a form of  benefits)  that may not be changed
                  without  spousal  consent  (unless  the  consent of the spouse
                  expressly permits  designations by the Participant without the
                  requirement of further  consent by the spouse).  Such spouse's
                  consent shall be irrevocable  and must  acknowledge the effect
                  of such election and be witnessed by a Plan  representative or
                  a notary  public.  Such consent shall not be required if it is
                  established to the satisfaction of the Administrator  that the
                  required  consent  cannot  be  obtained  because  there  is no
                  spouse, the spouse cannot be located,  or other  circumstances
                  that may be  prescribed by  Regulations.  The election made by
                  the  Participant and consented to by his spouse may be revoked
                  by the  Participant  in  writing  without  the  consent of the
                  spouse at any time during the election  period.  The number of
                  revocations shall not be limited. Any new election must comply
                  with the  requirements  of this  paragraph.  A former spouse's
                  waiver shall not be binding on a new spouse.

                           (3) The  election  period  to  waive  the  Joint  and
                  Survivor  Annuity  shall be the 90 day  period  ending  on the
                  "annuity starting date."

                           (4) For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, the
                  "annuity  starting  date"  means  the  first  day of the first
                  period for which an amount is paid as an  annuity,  or, in the
                  case of a benefit not  payable in the form of an annuity,  the
                  first day on which all events have occurred which entitles the
                  Participant to such benefit.

                           (5) With regard to the  election,  the  Administrator
                  shall provide to the  Participant  no less than 30 days and no
                  more than 90 days before the "annuity starting date" a written
                  explanation of:

                    (i) the terms  and  conditions  of the  Joint  and  Survivor
               Annuity, and

                    (ii) the  Participant's  right to make and the  effect of an
               election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

                    (iii) the right of the  Participant's  spouse to  consent to
               any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

                    (iv) the right of the  Participant  to revoke such election,
               and the effect of such revocation.

                  (b) In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to
         paragraph  (a)(2)  above not to  receive  his  benefit in the form of a
         Joint and Survivor Annuity,  or if such Participant is not married,  in
         the form of a life annuity, the Administrator, pursuant to the election
         of the  Participant,  shall direct the distribution to a Participant or
         his  Beneficiary  any amount to which he is entitled  under the Plan in
         one or more of the following  methods  which are permitted  pursuant to
         the Adoption Agreement:

                           (1)      One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

                           (2)  Payments  over  a  period  certain  in  monthly,
                  quarterly,  semiannual, or annual cash installments.  In order
                  to provide such installment  payments,  the  Administrator may
                  direct  that  the  Participant's   interest  in  the  Plan  be
                  segregated and invested separately,  and that the funds in the
                  segregated   account   be  used   for  the   payment   of  the
                  installments. The period over which such payment is to be made
                  shall not extend beyond the Participant's  life expectancy (or
                  the life  expectancy  of the  Participant  and his  designated
                  Beneficiary);

                           (3)  Purchase of or  providing  an annuity.  However,
                  such  annuity  may not be in any form  that will  provide  for
                  payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the
                  Participant   (or  the  lives  of  the   Participant  and  his
                  designated   Beneficiary)   or  the  life  expectancy  of  the
                  Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his
                  designated Beneficiary).

                  (c) The present  value of a  Participant's  Joint and Survivor
         Annuity  derived from  Employer and Employee  contributions  may not be
         paid  without his  written  consent if the value  exceeds,  or has ever
         exceeded at the time of any prior distribution,  $3,500.  Further,  the
         spouse of a  Participant  must  consent  in  writing  to any  immediate
         distribution.  If the value of the  Participant's  benefit derived from
         Employer  and  Employee  contributions  does not exceed  $3,500 and has
         never  exceeded  $3,500  at the  time of any  prior  distribution,  the
         Administrator  may  immediately  distribute  such benefit  without such
         Participant's  consent. No distribution may be made under the preceding
         sentence after the "annuity  starting date" unless the  Participant and
         his spouse consent in writing to such distribution. Any written consent
         required  under this  paragraph  must be obtained not more than 90 days
         before  commencement of the  distribution and shall be made in a manner
         consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

                  (d) Any  distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which
         exceeds,  or has ever  exceeded at the time of any prior  distribution,
         $3,500 shall require such  Participant's  consent if such  distribution
         commences  prior to the later of his Normal  Retirement  Age or age 62.
         With regard to this required consent:

                           (1) No consent shall be valid unless the  Participant
                  has received a general  description  of the material  features
                  and an  explanation  of the  relative  values of the  optional
                  forms of benefit  available  under the Plan that would satisfy
                  the notice requirements of Code Section 417.

                           (2) The Participant  must be informed of his right to
                  defer receipt of the  distribution.  If a Participant fails to
                  consent,   it  shall  be  deemed  an  election  to  defer  the
                  commencement of payment of any benefit.  However, any election
                  to defer the receipt of benefits  shall not apply with respect
                  to distributions which are required under Section 6.5(e).

                           (3)  Notice  of  the  rights   specified  under  this
                  paragraph  shall be  provided no less than 30 days and no more
                  than 90 days before the "annuity starting date."

                           (4)  Written   consent  of  the  Participant  to  the
                  distribution must not be made before the Participant  receives
                  the notice  and must not be made more than 90 days  before the
                  "annuity starting date."

                           (5)  No  consent  shall  be  valid  if a  significant
                  detriment  is imposed  under the Plan on any  Participant  who
                  does not consent to the distribution.

                  (e) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
         the distribution of a Participant's  benefits, made on or after January
         1, 1985,  whether  under the Plan or through the purchase of an annuity
         Contract,  shall be made in accordance with the following  requirements
         and  shall  otherwise  comply  with  Code  Section  401(a)(9)  and  the
         Regulations  thereunder (including  Regulation Section  1.401(a)(9)-2),
         the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference:

                           (1) A Participant's  benefits shall be distributed to
                  him not later than April 1st of the  calendar  year  following
                  the later of (i) the  calendar  year in which the  Participant
                  attains  age 70 1/2 or (ii) the  calendar  year in  which  the
                  Participant retires, provided,  however, that this clause (ii)
                  shall  not apply in the case of a  Participant  who is a "five
                  (5)  percent  owner" at any time during the five (5) Plan Year
                  period  ending in the calendar year in which he attains age 70
                  1/2 or, in the case of a  Participant  who becomes a "five (5)
                  percent  owner" during any subsequent  Plan Year,  clause (ii)
                  shall no longer apply and the required beginning date shall be
                  the April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year
                  in  which  such  subsequent  Plan  Year  ends.  Alternatively,
                  distributions  to a  Participant  must begin no later than the
                  applicable   April  1st  as  determined  under  the  preceding
                  sentence and must be made over the life of the Participant (or
                  the lives of the Participant and the Participant's  designated
                  Beneficiary)  or, if benefits  are paid in the form of a Joint
                  and Survivor  Annuity,  the life expectancy of the Participant
                  (or  the  life   expectancies   of  the  Participant  and  his
                  designated  Beneficiary) in accordance with  Regulations.  For
                  Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31,  1988,  clause (ii)
                  above   shall  not  apply  to  any   Participant   unless  the
                  Participant had attained age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988 and
                  was not a "five (5) percent owner" at any time during the Plan
                  Year  ending  with or within  the  calendar  year in which the
                  Participant attained age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.

                           (2)   Distributions   to  a   Participant   and   his
                  Beneficiaries  shall  only  be  made in  accordance  with  the
                  incidental   death  benefit   requirements   of  Code  Section
                  401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder.

                  Additionally,   for  calendar  years  beginning  before  1989,
         distributions  may  also be made  under  an  alternative  method  which
         provides  that the then  present  value of the payments to be made over
         the period of the Participant's  life expectancy  exceeds fifty percent
         (50%) of the then present value of the total payments to be made to the
         Participant and his Beneficiaries.

                  (f) For purposes of this  Section,  the life  expectancy  of a
         Participant  and a  Participant's  spouse  (other than in the case of a
         life  annuity)  shall  be  redetermined  annually  in  accordance  with
         Regulations  if permitted  pursuant to the Adoption  Agreement.  If the
         Participant   or   the   Participant's   spouse   may   elect   whether
         recalculations  will be made,  then the election,  once made,  shall be
         irrevocable.  If no  election  is made by the time  distributions  must
         commence,   then  the  life  expectancy  of  the  Participant  and  the
         Participant's  spouse  shall  not be  subject  to  recalculation.  Life
         expectancy  and joint and last  survivor  expectancy  shall be computed
         using the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation 1.72-9.

                  (g)  All   annuity   Contracts   under   this  Plan  shall  be
         non-transferable  when  distributed.  Furthermore,  the  terms  of  any
         annuity  Contract  purchased and distributed to a Participant or spouse
         shall comply with all of the requirements of this Plan.

                  (h) Subject to the spouse's  right of consent  afforded  under
         the Plan, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a
         Participant  has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written  designation
         to have his retirement benefit paid in an alternative method acceptable
         under Code Section  401(a) as in effect  prior to the  enactment of the
         Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

                  (i) If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant who
         has not terminated  employment is not fully Vested in his Participant's
         Account and the Participant may increase the Vested  percentage in such
         account:

                    (1)  A  separate   account  shall  be  established  for  the
               Participant's  interest  in  the  Plan  as of  the  time  of  the
               distribution, and

                           (2) At any  relevant  time the  Participant's  Vested
                  portion of the  separate  account  shall be equal to an amount
                  ("X") determined by the formula:

                                        X equals P(AB plus (RxD)) - (R x D)

                  For  purposes  of  applying  the  formula:  P  is  the  Vested
         percentage  at the  relevant  time,  AB is the  account  balance at the
         relevant time, D is the amount of  distribution,  and R is the ratio of
         the account  balance at the relevant time to the account  balance after
         distribution.

6.6      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

                  (a) Unless  otherwise  elected  as  provided  below,  a Vested
         Participant  who dies  before the annuity  starting  date and who has a
         surviving spouse shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to
         his surviving spouse. The Participant's  spouse may direct that payment
         of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity  commence within a reasonable
         period after the Participant's death. If the spouse does not so direct,
         payment of such benefit will commence at the time the Participant would
         have  attained  the  later  of his  Normal  Retirement  Age or age  62.
         However,   the  spouse  may  elect  a  later   commencement  date.  Any
         distribution to the Participant's  spouse shall be subject to the rules
         specified in Section 6.6(h).

                  (b) Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity
         before  the  Participant's  death  must be made by the  Participant  in
         writing  during the  election  period and shall  require  the  spouse's
         irrevocable  consent  in  the  same  manner  provided  for  in  Section
         6.5(a)(2).  Further, the spouse's consent must acknowledge the specific
         nonspouse  Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the nonspouse
         Beneficiary  need not be  acknowledged,  provided  the  consent  of the
         spouse acknowledges that the spouse has the right to limit consent only
         to a specific  Beneficiary  and that the spouse  voluntarily  elects to
         relinquish such right.

                  (c) The election period to waive the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor
         Annuity  shall  begin on the  first  day of the Plan  Year in which the
         Participant  attains  age 35 and end on the  date of the  Participant's
         death. An earlier waiver (with spousal  consent) may be made provided a
         written explanation of the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity is given to
         the Participant and such waiver becomes invalid at the beginning of the
         Plan Year in which the Participant  turns age 35. In the event a Vested
         Participant  separates  from  service  prior  to the  beginning  of the
         election  period,  the election  period shall begin on the date of such
         separation from service.

                  (d) With  regard  to the  election,  the  Administrator  shall
         provide each Participant within the applicable period,  with respect to
         such   Participant  (and  consistent  with   Regulations),   a  written
         explanation  of  the   Pre-Retirement   Survivor   Annuity   containing
         comparable  information to that required pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(5).
         For the purposes of this paragraph, the term "applicable period" means,
         with respect to a Participant,  whichever of the following periods ends
         last:

                           (1) The  period  beginning  with the first day of the
                  Plan Year in which the  Participant  attains age 32 and ending
                  with the  close of the Plan  Year  preceding  the Plan Year in
                  which the Participant attains age 35;

                           (2) A reasonable period after the individual  becomes
                  a Participant.  For this purpose, in the case of an individual
                  who becomes a Participant  after age 32, the explanation  must
                  be provided by the end of the three-year period beginning with
                  the first day of the first Plan Year for which the  individual
                  is a Participant;

                           (3) A  reasonable  period  ending  after  the Plan no
                  longer  fully  subsidizes  the  cost  of  the   Pre-Retirement
                  Survivor Annuity with respect to the Participant;

                    (4) A reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)(11)
               applies to the Participant; or

                           (5) A reasonable period after separation from service
                  in the case of a Participant  who separates  before  attaining
                  age 35. For this purpose,  the Administrator  must provide the
                  explanation  beginning  one year  before the  separation  from
                  service and ending one year after separation.

                  (e) The  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity provided for in this
         Section shall apply only to Participants  who are credited with an Hour
         of Service on or after August 23, 1984. Former Participants who are not
         credited  with an Hour of Service on or after  August 23, 1984 shall be
         provided  with  rights  to  the  Pre-Retirement   Survivor  Annuity  in
         accordance with Section 303(e)(2) of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

                  (f)  If  the  value  of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity
         derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $3,500
         and has never  exceeded  $3,500 at the time of any prior  distribution,
         the  Administrator  shall  direct the  immediate  distribution  of such
         amount to the  Participant's  spouse. No distribution may be made under
         the  preceding  sentence  after the  annuity  starting  date unless the
         spouse consents in writing.  If the value exceeds, or has ever exceeded
         at  the  time  of  any  prior   distribution,   $3,500,   an  immediate
         distribution of the entire amount may be made to the surviving  spouse,
         provided   such   surviving   spouse   consents   in  writing  to  such
         distribution. Any written consent required under this paragraph must be
         obtained not more than 90 days before  commencement of the distribution
         and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

                  (g)  (1) In the  event  there  is an  election  to  waive  the
         Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity,  and for death benefits in excess of
         the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity, such death benefits shall be paid
         to the Participant's Beneficiary by either of the following methods, as
         elected by the  Participant  (or if no election  has been made prior to
         the  Participant's  death,  by his  Beneficiary)  subject  to the rules
         specified  in Section  6.6(h) and the  selections  made in the Adoption
         Agreement:

                                    (i) One lump-sum payment in cash or in
                           property;

                                    (ii)   Payment   in   monthly,    quarterly,
                           semi-annual,  or  annual  cash  installments  over  a
                           period to be  determined  by the  Participant  or his
                           Beneficiary.  After periodic  installments  commence,
                           the  Beneficiary  shall  have the right to reduce the
                           period over which such periodic installments shall be
                           made,   and  the  cash   amount   of  such   periodic
                           installments shall be adjusted accordingly;

                                    (iii) If death  benefits  in  excess  of the
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity are to be paid to the
                           surviving spouse,  such benefits may be paid pursuant
                           to (i) or (ii) above,  or used to purchase an annuity
                           so as to increase the payments  made  pursuant to the
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

                           (2) In the event the death benefit  payable  pursuant
                  to  Section  6.2 is payable in  installments,  then,  upon the
                  death of the Participant,  the  Administrator  may direct that
                  the death benefit be segregated and invested  separately,  and
                  that the funds  accumulated in the segregated  account be used
                  for the payment of the installments.

                  (h) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
         distributions  upon the death of a Participant made on or after January
         1, 1985,  shall be made in accordance  with the following  requirements
         and  shall  otherwise  comply  with  Code  Section  401(a)(9)  and  the
         Regulations thereunder.

                           (1) If it is  determined,  pursuant  to  Regulations,
                  that the  distribution of a  Participant's  interest has begun
                  and the  Participant  dies before his entire interest has been
                  distributed  to him, the  remaining  portion of such  interest
                  shall be  distributed  at least as rapidly as under the method
                  of  distribution  selected  pursuant  to Section 6.5 as of his
                  date of death.

                           (2) If a  Participant  dies  before  he has  begun to
                  receive  any  distributions  of his  interest  in the  Plan or
                  before  distributions  are  deemed to have begun  pursuant  to
                  Regulations,  then his death benefit shall be  distributed  to
                  his  Beneficiaries  in  accordance  with the  following  rules
                  subject to the selections  made in the Adoption  Agreement and
                  Subsections 6.6(h)(3) and 6.6(i) below:

                                    (i)  The  entire  death   benefit  shall  be
                           distributed  to the  Participant's  Beneficiaries  by
                           December 31st of the calendar year in which the fifth
                           anniversary of the Participant's death occurs;

                                    (ii) The 5-year distribution  requirement of
                           (i)  above  shall  not  apply to any  portion  of the
                           deceased  Participant's  interest which is payable to
                           or for the benefit of a  designated  Beneficiary.  In
                           such event,  such portion shall be  distributed  over
                           the life of such  designated  Beneficiary  (or over a
                           period not  extending  beyond the life  expectancy of
                           such    designated    Beneficiary)    provided   such
                           distribution  begins not later than  December 31st of
                           the calendar year immediately  following the calendar
                           year in which the Participant died;

                                    (iii)    However,    in   the    event   the
                           Participant's  spouse  (determined  as of the date of
                           the   Participant's    death)   is   his   designated
                           Beneficiary, the provisions of (ii) above shall apply
                           except  that  the  requirement   that   distributions
                           commence within one year of the  Participant's  death
                           shall not apply. In lieu thereof,  distributions must
                           commence on or before the later of: (1) December 31st
                           of  the  calendar  year  immediately   following  the
                           calendar year in which the  Participant  died; or (2)
                           December  31st  of the  calendar  year in  which  the
                           Participant  would have  attained  age 70 1/2. If the
                           surviving  spouse dies before  distributions  to such
                           spouse   begin,   then   the   5-year    distribution
                           requirement  of this  Section  shall  apply as if the
                           spouse was the Participant.

                           (3)  Notwithstanding  subparagraph  (2) above, or any
                  selections made in the Adoption Agreement,  if a Participant's
                  death benefits are to be paid in the form of a  Pre-Retirement
                  Survivor  Annuity,  then  distributions  to the  Participant's
                  surviving  spouse must commence on or before the later of: (1)
                  December 31st of the calendar year  immediately  following the
                  calendar year in which the  Participant  died; or (2) December
                  31st of the calendar year in which the Participant  would have
                  attained age 70 1/2.

                                    (i) For purposes of Section  6.6(h)(2),  the
                           election by a designated  Beneficiary  to be excepted
                           from  the   5-year   distribution   requirement   (if
                           permitted in the Adoption  Agreement) must be made no
                           later  than   December  31st  of  the  calendar  year
                           following  the  calendar  year  of the  Participant's
                           death. Except,  however, with respect to a designated
                           Beneficiary  who  is  the   Participant's   surviving
                           spouse,  the election must be made by the earlier of:
                           (1) December 3 1st of the calendar  year  immediately
                           following the calendar year in which the  Participant
                           died or, if  later,  the  calendar  year in which the
                           Participant  would have  attained  age 70 1/2; or (2)
                           December 31st of the calendar year which contains the
                           fifth  anniversary  of the date of the  Participant's
                           death. An election by a designated  Beneficiary  must
                           be in writing and shall be irrevocable as of the last
                           day of the  election  period  stated  herein.  In the
                           absence  of  an  election  by  the  Participant  or a
                           designated   Beneficiary,   the  5-year  distribution
                           requirement shall apply.

                  (j) For purposes of this  Section,  the life  expectancy  of a
         Participant  and a  Participant's  spouse  (other than in the case of a
         life annuity) shall or shall not be  redetermined  annually as provided
         in the Adoption  Agreement and in accordance with  Regulations.  If the
         Participant  or the  Participant's  spouse may elect,  pursuant  to the
         Adoption  Agreement,  to have life  expectancies  recalculated then the
         election, once made shall be irrevocable. If no election is made by the
         time  distributions  must  commence,  then the life  expectancy  of the
         Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse  shall  not be  subject  to
         recalculation.  Life expectancy and joint and last survivor  expectancy
         shall be  computed  using the  return  multiples  in Tables V and VI of
         Regulation Section 1.72-9.

                  (k) In the  event  that  less  than  100%  of a  Participant's
         interest in the Plan is distributed to such  Participant's  spouse, the
         portion of the distribution attributable to the Participant's Voluntary
         Contribution   Account  shall  be  in  the  same  proportion  that  the
         Participant's Voluntary Contribution Account bears to the Participant's
         total interest in the Plan.

                  (l) Subject to the spouse's  right of consent  afforded  under
         the Plan, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a
         Participant  has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written  designation
         to have his death  benefits paid in an  alternative  method  acceptable
         under Code Section  401(a) as in effect  prior to the  enactment of the
         Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

6.7      TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

                  Except  as  limited  by  Sections  6.5  and  6.6,  whenever  a
distribution is to be made, or a series of payments are to commence, on or as of
an Anniversary Date, the distribution or series of payments may be made or begun
on such date or as soon thereafter as is practicable, but in no event later than
180 days after the Anniversary Date. However, unless a Former Participant elects
in writing to defer the receipt of benefits  (such  election may not result in a
death benefit that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits shall begin
not later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest
of the following  events occurs:  (a) the date on which the Participant  attains
the earlier of age 65 or the Normal  Retirement  Age specified  herein;  (b) the
10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in
the  Plan;  or (c) the date the  Participant  terminates  his  service  with the
Employer.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the failure of a Participant
and, if  applicable,  the  Participant's  spouse,  to consent to a  distribution
pursuant  to  Section  6.5(d),  shall be deemed to be an  election  to defer the
commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.8      DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

                  In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the
Administrator  may direct that such  distribution be paid to the legal guardian,
or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the
Beneficiary  maintains his residence,  or to the custodian for such  Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted
by the laws of the state in which said  Beneficiary  resides.  Such a payment to
the legal  guardian,  custodian  or parent of a minor  Beneficiary  shall  fully
discharge  the Trustee,  Employer,  and Plan from  further  liability on account
thereof.

6.9      LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

                  In the event that all,  or any  portion,  of the  distribution
payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the
Participant's  attainment of age 62 or his Normal  Retirement Age, remain unpaid
solely  by  reason  of the  inability  of the  Administrator,  after  sending  a
registered  letter,  return receipt  requested,  to the last known address,  and
after further diligent effort,  to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant
or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture
pursuant  to the Plan.  In the event a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  is located
subsequent  to his benefit  being  reallocated,  such benefit shall be restored,
first  from  Forfeitures,   if  any,  and  then  from  an  additional   Employer
contribution if necessary.

6.10     PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION

                  For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Profit  Sharing Plans,  if
elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  at such time as a  Participant  shall have
attained the age specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator,  at the
election of the  Participant,  shall direct the distribution of up to the entire
amount then credited to the accounts  maintained  on behalf of the  Participant.
However,  no such distribution from the Participant's  Account shall occur prior
to 100% Vesting.  In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution,
the Participant  shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the
same basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section
shall  be made in a manner  consistent  with  Section  6.5,  including,  but not
limited to, all notice and consent  requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and
417 and the Regulations thereunder.

6.11.    ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

                  (a) For Profit  Sharing  Plans,  if  elected  in the  Adoption
         Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall
         direct the  distribution  to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to
         the lesser of 100% of his  Participant's  Combined Account valued as of
         the  last  Anniversary  Date or  other  valuation  date  or the  amount
         necessary  to satisfy the  immediate  and heavy  financial  need of the
         Participant.  Any  distribution  made pursuant to this Section shall be
         deemed  to be made as of the  first  day of the Plan Year or, if later,
         the valuation date immediately preceding the date of distribution,  and
         the  account  from  which the  distribution  is made  shall be  reduced
         accordingly.  Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if
         the distribution is on account of:

                    (1)  Medical  expenses  described  in  Code  Section  213(d)
               incurred by the Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents
               (as defined in Code Section 152);

                    (2)  The  purchase   (excluding   mortgage  payments)  of  a
               principal residence for the Participant;

                    (3)  Funeral  expenses  for a  member  of the  Participant's
               family;

                    (4) Payment of tuition  for the next  semester or quarter of
               post-secondary   education  for  the  Participant,   his  spouse,
               children, or dependents; or

                           (5)  The  need  to  prevent   the   eviction  of  the
                  Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the
                  mortgage of the Participant's principal residence.

                  (b) No such distribution  shall be made from the Participant's
         Account until such Account has become fully Vested.

                  (c) Any  distribution  made  pursuant to this Section shall be
         made in a manner which is consistent  with and satisfies the provisions
         of Section 6.5,  including,  but not limited to, all notice and consent
         requirements  of Code Sections  411(a)(11) and 417 and the  Regulations
         thereunder.

6.12     LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                  All rights and benefits,  including  elections,  provided to a
Participant  in this  Plan  shall  be  subject  to the  rights  afforded  to any
"alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations order."  Furthermore,  a
distribution to an "alternate  payee" shall be permitted if such distribution is
authorized  by a  "qualified  domestic  relations  order,"  even if the affected
Participant  has not reached the "earliest  retirement  age" under the Plan. For
the purposes of this Section,  "alternate payee," "qualified  domestic relations
order" and "earliest retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under Code
Section 414(p).

6.13     SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS

                  If elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  following  shall
apply to a Participant  in a Profit  Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit  Sharing Plan
and to any  distribution,  made on or after the first day of the first plan year
beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable
solely to  accumulated  deductible  employee  contributions,  as defined in Code
Section  72(o)(5)(B),  and  maintained  on  behalf of a  participant  in a money
purchase pension plan, (including a target benefit plan):

                    (a)  The  Participant  shall  be  prohibited  from  electing
               benefits in the form of a life annuity;

                (b) Upon the death of the Participant,  the Participant's entire
       Vested account balances will be paid to his or her surviving spouse,  or,
       if there is no  surviving  spouse or the  surviving  spouse  has  already
       consented to waive his or her benefit, in accordance with Section 6.6, to
       his designated Beneficiary; and

                (c) Except to the extent otherwise  provided in this Section and
       Section  6.5(h),  the  other  provisions  of  Sections  6.2,  6.5 and 6.6
       regarding  spousal  consent  and the  forms  of  distributions  shall  be
       inoperative with respect to this Plan.

                This  Section  shall  not  apply  to  any  Participant  if it is
       determined that this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined
       benefit plan or money  purchase  plan, or a target  benefit  plan,  stock
       bonus or profit  sharing  plan which would  otherwise  provide for a life
       annuity form of payment to the Participant.




                                   ARTICLE VII
                                     TRUSTEE

7.1      BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

                  The   Trustee   shall  have  the   following   categories   of
responsibilities:

                  (a) Consistent with the "funding policy and method" determined
         by the Employer to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject,
         however,  to the  direction  of an  Investment  Manager if the Employer
         should appoint such manager as to all or a portion of the assets of the
         Plan;

                    (b) At the direction of the  Administrator,  to pay benefits
               required  under the Plan to be paid to  Participants,  or, in the
               event of their death, to their Beneficiaries;

                  (c) To maintain  records of  receipts  and  disbursements  and
         furnish  to the  Employer  and/or  Administrator  for each  Plan Year a
         written annual report per Section 7.7; and

                  (d) If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by
         a majority of their  number,  but may  authorize one or more of them to
         sign papers on their behalf.

7.2      INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

                  (a) The Trustee  shall  invest and  reinvest the Trust Fund to
         keep the Trust Fund invested without  distinction between principal and
         income and in such securities or property,  real or personal,  wherever
         situated,  as the  Trustee  shall deem  advisable,  including,  but not
         limited to, stocks,  common or preferred,  bonds and other evidences of
         indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. The
         Trustee  shall at all times in  making  investments  of the Trust  Fund
         consider,  among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs
         of the Plan on the basis of information  furnished by the Employer.  In
         making  such  investments,  the  Trustee  shall  not be  restricted  to
         securities or other property of the character  expressly  authorized by
         the applicable law for trust  investments;  however,  the Trustee shall
         give due  regard to any  limitations  imposed by the Code or the Act so
         that at all times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust.

                  (b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to
         the terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which
         the  duties  of such  bank or trust  company  shall be of a  custodial,
         clerical and record-keeping nature.

                  (c) The  Trustee  may from time to time  transfer to a common,
         collective,  or pooled trust fund  maintained by any corporate  Trustee
         hereunder  pursuant to Revenue Ruling  81-100,  all or such part of the
         Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem  advisable,  and such part or all of
         the Trust  Fund so  transferred  shall be  subject to all the terms and
         provisions  of the  common,  collective,  or pooled  trust  fund  which
         contemplate  the  commingling  for  investment  purposes  of such trust
         assets with trust assets of other trusts. The Trustee may withdraw from
         such common,  collective,  or pooled trust fund all or such part of the
         Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable.

                  (d) The Trustee,  at the  direction of the  Administrator  and
         pursuant to instructions from the individual designated in the Adoption
         Agreement for such purpose and subject to the  conditions  set forth in
         the  Adoption  Agreement,  shall  ratably  apply for,  own, and pay all
         premiums on Contracts on the lives of the Participants.  Any initial or
         additional  Contract  purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a
         face  amount  of not less  than  $1,000,  the  amount  set forth in the
         Adoption  Agreement,  or the  limitation  of the Insurer,  whichever is
         greater.  If a  life  insurance  Contract  is  to  be  purchased  for a
         Participant, the aggregate premium for ordinary life insurance for each
         Participant  must be less than 50% of the aggregate  contributions  and
         Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Combined Account. For purposes
         of this  limitation,  ordinary life  insurance  Contracts are Contracts
         with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums. If
         term  insurance or  universal  life  insurance  is purchased  with such
         contributions,  the  aggregate  premium  must  be  25% or  less  of the
         aggregate  contributions  and Forfeitures  allocated to a Participant's
         Combined  Account.  If both term  insurance and ordinary life insurance
         are purchased  with such  contributions,  the amount  expended for term
         insurance  plus one-half of the premium for ordinary life insurance may
         not in the aggregate exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions
         and Forfeitures  allocated to a  Participant's  Combined  Account.  The
         Trustee must distribute the Contracts to the Participant or convert the
         entire  value of the  Contracts  at or before  retirement  into cash or
         provide  for a periodic  income so that no portion of such value may be
         used  to  continue  life  insurance   protection   beyond   retirement.
         Notwithstanding  the above, the limitations imposed herein with respect
         to the  purchase of life  insurance  shall not apply,  in the case of a
         Profit Sharing Plan, to the portion of a Participant's Account that has
         accumulated for at least two (2) Plan Years.

                  Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary,  amounts
         credited to a Participant's  Qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution
         Account  pursuant to Section 4.9,  shall not be applied to the purchase
         of life insurance contracts.

                  (e)  The  Trustee  will be the  owner  of any  life  insurance
         Contract  purchased  under the terms of this Plan.  The  Contract  must
         provide that the proceeds will be payable to the Trustee;  however, the
         Trustee  shall be required to pay over all  proceeds of the Contract to
         the  Participant's   designated  Beneficiary  in  accordance  with  the
         distribution  provisions of Article VI. A Participant's  spouse will be
         the designated  Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified
         election has been made in  accordance  with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the
         Plan, if applicable.  Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain any
         part of the proceeds.  However,  the Trustee shall not pay the proceeds
         in a method  that would  violate  the  requirements  of the  Retirement
         Equity  Act,  as stated in  Article  VI of the  Plan,  or Code  Section
         401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder.





7.3      OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

                  The Trustee,  in addition to all powers and authorities  under
common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this
Plan,  shall have the following  powers and  authorities  to be exercised in the
Trustee's sole discretion:

                    (a) To purchase,  or subscribe  for, any securities or other
               property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase
               of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained;
                  (b) To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer,  grant  options to
         purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held
         by the Trustee,  by private  contract or at public  auction.  No person
         dealing with the Trustee  shall be bound to see to the  application  of
         the purchase  money or to inquire  into the  validity,  expediency,  or
         propriety  of any  such  sale or  other  disposition,  with or  without
         advertisement;

                  (c) To vote upon any stocks,  bonds, or other  securities;  to
         give general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
         power  of   substitution;   to  exercise  any  conversion   privileges,
         subscription  rights  or  other  options,  and  to  make  any  payments
         incidental   thereto;  to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise
         participate in, corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting
         corporate securities,  and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay
         any  assessments or charges in connection  therewith;  and generally to
         exercise any of the powers of an owner with  respect to stocks,  bonds,
         securities, or other property;

                  (d) To cause any securities or other property to be registered
         in the  Trustee's  own  name  or in the  name  of  one or  more  of the
         Trustee's nominees, and to hold any investments in bearer form, but the
         books and records of the Trustee  shall at all times show that all such
         investments are part of the Trust Fund;

                  (e) To borrow or raise  money for the  purposes of the Plan in
         such amount,  and upon such terms and conditions,  as the Trustee shall
         deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note
         as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any
         part,  of the Trust Fund;  and no person  lending  money to the Trustee
         shall  be  bound  to see to the  application  of the  money  lent or to
         inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing;

                  (f) To keep such  portion  of the  Trust  Fund in cash or cash
         balances as the Trustee may, from time to time,  deem to be in the best
         interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

                  (g) To  accept  and  retain  for  such  time  as it  may  deem
         advisable any securities or other  property  received or acquired by it
         as Trustee hereunder,  whether or not such securities or other property
         would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

                  (h) To make,  execute,  acknowledge,  and  deliver any and all
         documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other  instruments
         that may be necessary  or  appropriate  to carry out the powers  herein
         granted;

                  (i) To  settle,  compromise,  or  submit  to  arbitration  any
         claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence
         or  defend  suits  or  legal  or  administrative  proceedings,  and  to
         represent   the  Plan  in  all  suits  and  legal  and   administrative
         proceedings;

                    (j) To employ  suitable  agents and counsel and to pay their
               reasonable  expenses and compensation,  and such agent or counsel
               may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;

                  (k) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment
         of the Trust Fund such annuity,  or other Contracts (on the life of any
         Participant) as the Administrator  shall deem proper;  to exercise,  at
         any time or from time to time,  whatever  rights and  privileges may be
         granted under such annuity,  or other Contracts;  to collect,  receive,
         and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity,  or other Contracts as
         and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;

                    (l) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings
               accounts  bearing a reasonable  rate of interest in the Trustee's
               bank;

                  (m)      To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United
                           States government obligations;

                  (n) To sell,  purchase  and acquire put or call options if the
         options  are  traded on and  purchased  through a  national  securities
         exchange  registered  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
         amended,  or, if the  options  are not traded on a national  securities
         exchange,  are  guaranteed  by a  member  firm  of the New  York  Stock
         Exchange;

                    (o) To deposit monies in federally  insured savings accounts
               or   certificates  of  deposit  in  banks  or  savings  and  loan
               associations;

                  (p) To pool all or any of the Trust  Fund,  from time to time,
         with assets  belonging to any other qualified  employee pension benefit
         trust  created  by the  Employer  or any  Affiliated  Employer,  and to
         commingle  such assets and make joint or common  investments  and carry
         joint  accounts  on behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts,
         allocating  undivided  shares  or  interests  in  such  investments  or
         accounts or any pooled  assets of the two or more trusts in  accordance
         with their respective interests;

                  (q) To do all such  acts and  exercise  all  such  rights  and
         privileges,  although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee
         may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

                  (r) Directed  Investment  Account.  The powers  granted to the
         Trustee  shall be exercised  in the sole  fiduciary  discretion  of the
         Trustee.   However,  if  elected  in  the  Adoption   Agreement,   each
         Participant may direct the Trustee to separate and keep separate all or
         a portion of his interest in the Plan; and further each  Participant is
         authorized and empowered, in his sole and absolute discretion,  to give
         directions  to the  Trustee  in such form as the  Trustee  may  require
         concerning  the  investment of the  Participant's  Directed  Investment
         Account,  which  directions  must be followed  by the Trustee  subject,
         however, to restrictions on payment of life insurance premiums. Neither
         the  Trustee  nor any other  persons  including  the  Administrator  or
         otherwise shall be under any duty to question any such direction of the
         Participant  or to review any  securities  or other  property,  real or
         personal,  or to make any  suggestions to the Participant in connection
         therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable with
         directions given by the Participant  hereunder.  Any such direction may
         be of a  continuing  nature  or  otherwise  and may be  revoked  by the
         Participant  at any time in such form as the Trustee may  require.  The
         Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in
         the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion,  deems such
         directions improper by virtue of applicable law, and in such event, the
         Trustee  shall not be  responsible  or liable  for any loss or  expense
         which may result. Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the
         Participant's  directions shall be borne by the Participant's  Directed
         Investment Account.

                  Notwithstanding  anything  hereinabove  to the  contrary,  the
         Trustee  shall not, at any time after  December  31,  1981,  invest any
         portion of a Directed  Investment Account in "collectibles"  within the
         meaning of that term as employed in Code Section 408(m).

7.4      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

                  (a) If specified in the Adoption  Agreement,  the Trustee (or,
         if loans are treated as Directed  Investment  pursuant to the  Adoption
         Agreement, the Administrator) may, in the Trustee's (or, if applicable,
         the  Administrator's)  sole  discretion,  make loans to Participants or
         Beneficiaries  under the  following  circumstances:  (1) loans shall be
         made available to all  Participants  and  Beneficiaries on a reasonably
         equivalent  basis;  (2)  loans  shall not be made  available  to Highly
         Compensated  Employees  in an  amount  greater  than  the  amount  made
         available to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate
         of  interest;  (4) loans  shall be  adequately  secured;  and (5) shall
         provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time.

                  (b)  Loans  shall not be made to any  Shareholder-Employee  or
         Owner-Employee  unless an exemption for such loan is obtained  pursuant
         to Act  Section 408 and  further  provided  that such loan would not be
         subject to tax pursuant to Code Section 4975.

                  (c) Loans shall not be granted to any Participant that provide
         for a  repayment  period  extending  beyond such  Participant's  Normal
         Retirement Date.

                  (d) Loans made  pursuant  to this  Section  (when added to the
         outstanding  balance  of  all  other  loans  made  by the  Plan  to the
         Participant) shall be limited to the lesser of:

                           (1)  $50,000  reduced  by the  excess (if any) of the
                  highest  outstanding  balance  of  loans  from the Plan to the
                  Participant  during  the one  year  period  ending  on the day
                  before  the  date  on  which  such  loan  is  made,  over  the
                  outstanding  balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant
                  on the date on which such loan was made, or

                           (2) The greater of (A) one-half  (1/2) of the present
                  value of the  non-forfeitable  accrued benefit of the Employee
                  under the Plan, or (B), if permitted  pursuant to the Adoption
                  Agreement, $10,000.

                  For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer shall be
         considered one plan. Additionally,  with respect to any loan made prior
         to January 1, 1987,  the $50,000 limit  specified in (1) above shall be
         unreduced.

                  (e) No  Participant  loan shall take into  account the present
         value of such Participant's  qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution
         Account.

                  (f) Loans shall provide for level  amortization  with payments
         to be made not less  frequently  than  quarterly  over a period  not to
         exceed five (5) years. However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit
         which,  within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time
         the loan is made) as a principal  residence  of the  Participant  shall
         provide for periodic  repayment  over a reasonable  period of time that
         may exceed five (5) years.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  loans made
         prior  to  January  1,  1987  which  are  used to  acquire,  construct,
         reconstruct  or  substantially  rehabilitate  any dwelling  unit which,
         within a  reasonable  period of time is to be used  (determined  at the
         time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant or a
         member of his family (within the meaning of Code Section 267(c)(4)) may
         provide for periodic  repayment  over a reasonable  period of time that
         may exceed five (5) years. Additionally, loans made prior to January 1,
         1987, may provide for periodic  payments which are made less frequently
         than   quarterly  and  which  do  not   necessarily   result  in  level
         amortization.

                  (g) An assignment or pledge of any portion of a  Participant's
         interest in the Plan and a loan,  pledge, or assignment with respect to
         any insurance  Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a
         loan under this Section.

                  (h) Any loan made  pursuant to this  Section  after August 18,
         1985 where the vested  interest  of the  Participant  is used to secure
         such loan shall require the written consent of the Participant's spouse
         in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a) provided the spousal consent
         requirements  of such Section apply to the Plan.  Such written  consent
         must be obtained within the 90-day period prior to the date the loan is
         made.  Any  security  interest  held  by  the  Plan  by  reason  of  an
         outstanding  loan to the  Participant  shall be taken  into  account in
         determining the amount of the death benefit or Pre-Retirement  Survivor
         Annuity.  However,  no spousal  consent  shall be  required  under this
         paragraph if the total accrued  benefit  subject to the security is not
         in excess of $3,500.

                  (i) With  regard to any loans  granted  or renewed on or after
         the last day of the first Plan Year beginning  after December 31, 1988,
         a Participant loan program shall be established which must include, but
         need not be limited to, the following:

                    (1) the  identity of the person or positions  authorized  to
               administer the Participant loan program;

                           (2)      a procedure for applying for loans;

                    (3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

                    (4)  limitations,  if any, on the types and amounts of loans
               offered,  including what constitutes a hardship or financial need
               if selected in the Adoption Agreement;

                    (5) the  procedure  under  the  program  for  determining  a
               reasonable rate of interest;

                    (6) the types of  collateral  which may secure a Participant
               loan; and

                    (7) the events constituting  default and the steps that will
               be taken to preserve plan assets.

                  Such Participant loan program shall be contained in a separate
written  document  which,  when properly  executed,  is hereby  incorporated  by
reference  and made a part of this  plan.  Furthermore,  such  Participant  loan
program  may be  modified  or amended in writing  from time to time  without the
necessity of amending this Section of the Plan.

7.5      DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

                  At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from
time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the
Trust Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the  application
of such payments.

7.6      TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

                  The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable  compensation as set
forth in the  Trustee's  fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as
agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee. An individual serving as
Trustee who already  receives  full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive
compensation  from this Plan. In addition,  the Trustee shall be reimbursed  for
any reasonable  expenses,  including  reasonable  counsel fees incurred by it as
Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless
paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind and all kinds whatsoever
that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect
of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.



<PAGE>


7.7      ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

                  Within a  reasonable  period  of time  after  the later of the
Anniversary  Date or receipt of the Employer's  contribution for each Plan Year,
the Trustee,  or its agent,  shall furnish to the Employer and  Administrator  a
written  statement  of  account  with  respect  to the Plan Year for which  such
contribution was made setting forth:

                  (a)      the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;

                    (b) the gains,  or losses,  realized  by the Trust Fund upon
               sales or other disposition of the assets;

                    (c) the  increase,  or  decrease,  in the value of the Trust
               Fund;

                    (d) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund;
               and

                  (e)  such   further   information   as  the   Trustee   and/or
         Administrator  deems  appropriate.  The  Employer,  forthwith  upon its
         receipt of each such statement of account,  shall  acknowledge  receipt
         thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or  Administrator  of its
         approval or disapproval thereof.  Failure by the Employer to disapprove
         any such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt
         thereof  shall be deemed  an  approval  thereof.  The  approval  by the
         Employer of any statement of account shall be binding as to all matters
         embraced  therein as between the  Employer  and the Trustee to the same
         extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or
         decree in an action for a judicial settlement of its account in a court
         of competent  jurisdiction  in which the Trustee,  the Employer and all
         persons  having or  claiming  an  interest  in the Plan  were  parties;
         provided,  however,  that nothing  herein  contained  shall deprive the
         Trustee  of its right to have its  accounts  judicially  settled if the
         Trustee so desires.

7.8      AUDIT

                  (a) If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by the
         Act and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator
         shall  direct the  Trustee to engage on behalf of all  Participants  an
         independent   qualified  public  accountant  for  that  purpose.   Such
         accountant  shall,  after an audit of the books and records of the Plan
         in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  within a
         reasonable  period  after the close of the Plan  Year,  furnish  to the
         Administrator  and the Trustee a report of his audit  setting forth his
         opinion as to whether  any  statements,  schedules  or lists,  that are
         required by Act Section 103 or the  Secretary of Labor to be filed with
         the Plan's  annual  report,  are presented  fairly in  conformity  with
         generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.

                  (b) All  auditing and  accounting  fees shall be an expense of
         and may, at the election of the  Administrator,  be paid from the Trust
         Fund.

                  (c) If some or all of the information  necessary to enable the
         Administrator  to comply with Act Section 103 is  maintained by a bank,
         insurance company, or similar institution, regulated and supervised and
         subject to periodic  examination by a state or federal agency, it shall
         transmit  and  certify  the  accuracy  of  that   information   to  the
         Administrator  as  provided in Act  Section  103(b)  within one hundred
         twenty  (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as
         may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

7.9      RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

                  (a) The  Trustee may resign at any time by  delivering  to the
         Employer,  at least  thirty  (30) days  before its  effective  date,  a
         written notice of his resignation.

                  (b)  The  Employer  may  remove  the  Trustee  by  mailing  by
         registered  or  certified  mail,  addressed to such Trustee at his last
         known address,  at least thirty (30) days before its effective  date, a
         written notice of his removal.

                  (c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any
         Trustee,  a  successor  may be  appointed  by the  Employer,  and  such
         successor,  upon accepting  such  appointment in writing and delivering
         same to the Employer,  shall,  without  further act, become vested with
         all  the  estate,  rights,  powers,  discretions,  and  duties  of  his
         predecessor  with  like  respect  as if he were  originally  named as a
         Trustee  herein.  Until such a successor is  appointed,  the  remaining
         Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of
         the Plan.

                  (d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to
         the death,  resignation,  incapacity,  or removal of a Trustee.  In the
         event a successor  is so  designated  by the  Employer and accepts such
         designation,  the successor  shall,  without further act, become vested
         with all the estate,  rights,  powers,  discretions,  and duties of his
         predecessor  with the like  effect  as if he were  originally  named as
         Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation,  incapacity, or
         removal of his predecessor.

                  (e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, he
         shall furnish to the Employer and  Administrator a written statement of
         account  with  respect to the portion of the Plan Year during  which he
         served as Trustee.  This statement shall be either (i) included as part
         of the annual  statement  of account for the Plan Year  required  under
         Section 7.7 or (ii) set forth in a special statement.  Any such special
         statement  of account  should be rendered to the Employer no later than
         the due date of the annual  statement of account for the Plan Year. The
         procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the Employer of
         annual  statements of account  shall apply to any special  statement of
         account  rendered  hereunder  and  approval by the Employer of any such
         special  statement in the manner provided in Section 7.7 shall have the
         same effect upon the statement as the Employer's  approval of an annual
         statement of account.  No successor to the Trustee  shall have any duty
         or  responsibility  to  investigate  the  acts or  transactions  of any
         predecessor  who has rendered  all  statements  of account  required by
         Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.



<PAGE>


7.10     TRANSFER OF INTEREST

                  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  contained in this Plan,
the Trustee at the  direction  of the  Administrator  shall  transfer the Vested
interest,  if any, of such  Participant  in his account to another trust forming
part of a  pension,  profit  sharing,  or stock  bonus plan  maintained  by such
Participant's  new  employer  and  represented  by said  employer  in writing as
meeting the  requirements  of Code Section  401(a),  provided  that the trust to
which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.

7.11     TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

                  The Employer agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee
against  any and all claims,  losses,  damages,  expenses  and  liabilities  the
Trustee may incur in the exercise and  performance  of the Trustee's  powers and
duties  hereunder,  unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence
or willful misconduct.

7.12     EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

                  The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold "qualifying
Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property," as those terms are
defined in the Act. However,  no more than 100%, in the case of a Profit Sharing
Plan or 401(k)  Plan or 10%,  in the case of a Money  Purchase  Plan of the fair
market value of all the assets in the Trust Fund may be invested in  "qualifying
Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property".

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

8.1      AMENDMENT

                  (a) The  Employer  shall  have the  right at any time to amend
         this Plan subject to the  limitations  of this  Section.  However,  any
         amendment which affects the rights,  duties or  responsibilities of the
         Trustee  and  Administrator  may only be made  with the  Trustee's  and
         Administrator's  written  consent.  Any  such  amendment  shall  become
         effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not
         be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment  affects
         the duties of the Trustee hereunder.

                  (b) The  Employer  may (1) change the choice of options in the
         Adoption  Agreement,  (2)  add  overriding  language  in  the  Adoption
         Agreement  when such language is necessary to satisfy Code Sections 415
         or 416 because of the required  aggregation of multiple plans,  and (3)
         add certain model amendments  published by the Internal Revenue Service
         which specifically  provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan
         to be treated as an individually designed plan. An employer that amends
         the Plan for any  other  reason,  including  a  waiver  of the  minimum
         funding   requirement  under  Code  Section  412(d),   will  no  longer
         participate  in this Regional  Prototype Plan and will be considered to
         have an individually designed plan.

                  (c)  The  Employer  expressly   delegates   authority  to  the
         sponsoring  organization  of this Plan, the right to amend this Plan by
         submitting  a copy of the  amendment  to each  Employer who has adopted
         this  Plan  after  first   having   received  a  ruling  or   favorable
         determination  from  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  that  the Plan as
         amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and the Act.

                  (d)  No  amendment  to  the  Plan  shall  be  effective  if it
         authorizes  or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part
         as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for
         or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive  benefit of the
         Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction
         in the amount credited to the account of any Participant;  or causes or
         permits any  portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become  property
         of the Employer.

                  (e) Except as permitted by Regulations  (including  Regulation
         1.411(d)-4),  no Plan amendment or  transaction  having the effect of a
         Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction)
         shall be effective if it eliminates  or reduces any "Section  411(d)(6)
         protected benefit" or adds or modifies  conditions relating to "Section
         411(d)(6)  protected  benefits"  the  result  of  which  is  a  further
         restriction  on  such  benefit  unless  such  protected   benefits  are
         preserved  with  respect  to  benefits  accrued  as of the later of the
         adoption date or effective  date of the amendment.  "Section  411(d)(6)
         protected   benefits"   are   benefits   described   in  Code   Section
         411(d)(6)(A),  early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies,
         and optional forms of benefit.

8.2      TERMINATION

                  (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate
         the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator  written notice
         of such termination.  Upon any full or partial  termination all amounts
         credited to the affected  Participants'  Combined Accounts shall become
         100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture,  and all
         unallocated   amounts  shall  be  allocated  to  the  accounts  of  all
         Participants in accordance with the provisions hereof.

                  (b) Upon the full  termination of the Plan, the Employer shall
         direct the distribution of the assets to Participants in a manner which
         is  consistent  with and  satisfies  the  provisions  of  Section  6.5.
         Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash (or in property if
         permitted  in the  Adoption  Agreement)  or  through  the  purchase  of
         irrevocable  nontransferable  deferred  commitments  from the  Insurer.
         Except as permitted by  Regulations,  the termination of the Plan shall
         not result in the reduction of "Section 411(d)(6)  protected  benefits"
         as described in Section 8.1.

8.3      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

                  This Plan may be merged or  consolidated  with,  or its assets
and/or  liabilities  may be  transferred  to any other plan only if the benefits
which  would be  received  by a  Participant  of this  Plan,  in the  event of a
termination   of  the  plan   immediately   after  such   transfer,   merger  or
consolidation,  are at least equal to the  benefits the  Participant  would have
received if the Plan had terminated  immediately before the transfer,  merger or
consolidation and such merger or consolidation  does not otherwise result in the
elimination  or  reduction  of any  "Section  411(d)(6)  protected  benefits" as
described in Section 8.1(e).

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

9.1      EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

                  (a) Any  organization  may become the  Employer  hereunder  by
         executing the Adoption  Agreement in form  satisfactory to the Trustee,
         and it shall  provide such  additional  information  as the Trustee may
         require.  The consent of the Trustee to act as such shall be  signified
         by its execution of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation
         of the  Employer and the  participation  of its  Participants  shall be
         separate and apart from that of any other employer and its participants
         hereunder.

9.2      PARTICIPANTS RIGHTS

                  This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between
the Employer and any Participant or to be a  consideration  or an inducement for
the employment of any  Participant or Employee.  Nothing  contained in this Plan
shall be deemed to give any  Participant or Employee the right to be retained in
the service of the  Employer or to  interfere  with the right of the Employer to
discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which
such discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

9.3      ALIENATION

                  (a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, no benefit which
         shall  be  payable  to  any  person  (including  a  Participant  or his
         Beneficiary)   shall  be  subject   in  any  manner  to   anticipation,
         alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge,
         and any  attempt  to  anticipate,  alienate,  sell,  transfer,  assign,
         pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit
         shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts,
         liabilities,  engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be
         subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person,  and
         the same  shall  not be  recognized  except  to such  extent  as may be
         required by law.

                  (b) This provision shall not apply to the extent a Participant
         or  Beneficiary  is  indebted to the Plan,  for any  reason,  under any
         provision of this Plan. At the time a distribution  is to be made to or
         for a Participant's  or Beneficiary's  benefit,  such proportion of the
         amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid
         to the Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness.  Prior to
         making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given
         written notice by the Administrator  that such indebtedness is to be so
         paid in whole or part from his Participant's  Combined Account.  If the
         Participant or Beneficiary  does not agree that the  indebtedness  is a
         valid claim against his Vested Participant's Combined Account, he shall
         be entitled to a review of the validity of the claim in accordance with
         procedures provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13.

                  (c) This  provision  shall not apply to a "qualified  domestic
         relations  order"  defined  in Code  Section  414(p),  and those  other
         domestic   relations   orders   permitted  to  be  so  treated  by  the
         Administrator  under the  provisions  of the  Retirement  Equity Act of
         1984.  The  Administrator   shall  establish  a  written  procedure  to
         determine  the  qualified  status of domestic  relations  orders and to
         administer  distributions under such qualified orders.  Further, to the
         extent provided under a "qualified  domestic relations order", a former
         spouse of a  Participant  shall be treated  as the spouse or  surviving
         spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

9.4      CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

                  This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced  according
to the Act and the laws of the State or  Commonwealth  in which  the  Employer's
principal  office is located,  other than its laws respecting  choice of law, to
the extent not preempted by the Act.

9.5      GENDER AND NUMBER

                  Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine,  feminine
or neuter  gender,  they  shall be  construed  as though  they were also used in
another  gender in all cases where they would so apply,  and  whenever any words
are used  herein in the  singular or plural  form,  they shall be  construed  as
though  they were also used in the other  form in all cases  where they would so
apply.

9.6      LEGAL ACTION

                  In the  event  any  claim,  suit,  or  proceeding  is  brought
regarding  the Trust and/or Plan  established  hereunder to which the Trustee or
the  Administrator  may be a party,  and such  claim,  suit,  or  proceeding  is
resolved in favor of the Trustee or Administrator,  they shall be entitled to be
reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney's fees, and other
expenses  pertaining  thereto  incurred by them for which they shall have become
liable.

9.7      PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

                  (a)  Except  as  provided  below  and  otherwise  specifically
         permitted by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of
         the  Trust,  by  termination  of  either,  by  power of  revocation  or
         amendment,   by  the  happening  of  any  contingency,   by  collateral
         arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income
         of any  Trust  Fund  maintained  pursuant  to  the  Plan  or any  funds
         contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than
         the exclusive benefit of Participants,  Retired Participants,  or their
         Beneficiaries.

                  (b) In the event the Employer shall make a contribution  under
         a mistake of fact  pursuant  to Section  403(c)(2)(A)  of the Act,  the
         Employer may demand  repayment of such  contribution at any time within
         one (1) year  following  the time of  payment  and the  Trustees  shall
         return  such  amount to the  Employer  within the one (1) year  period.
         Earnings  of the  Plan  attributable  to the  contributions  may not be
         returned  to the  Employer  but any losses  attributable  thereto  must
         reduce the amount so returned.

9.8      BONDING

                  Every Fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, unless
exempted by the Act and regulations thereunder, shall be bonded in an amount not
less than 10% of the  amount  of the funds  such  Fiduciary  handles;  provided,
however,  that the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond,  $500,000.
The amount of funds  handled  shall be  determined at the beginning of each Plan
Year by the  amount  of funds  handled  by such  person,  group,  or class to be
covered and their  predecessors,  if any,  during the preceding Plan Year, or if
there is no preceding  Plan Year,  then by the amount of the funds to be handled
during the then current  year.  The bond shall  provide  protection  to the Plan
against any loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the Fiduciary alone
or in connivance with others. The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as
such term is used in Act  Section  412(a)(2)),  and the bond  shall be in a form
approved by the Secretary of Labor.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, the cost of such bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election
of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

9.9      EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

                  Neither the Employer nor the  Trustee,  nor their  successors,
shall be responsible  for the validity of any Contract  issued  hereunder or for
the  failure on the part of the  Insurer to make  payments  provided by any such
Contract,  or for the action of any person  which may delay  payment or render a
Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

9.10     INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

                  The Insurer who shall issue Contracts hereunder shall not have
any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects
of this Plan.  The Insurer  shall be  protected  and held  harmless in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee,  and shall have no duty to
see to the  application  of any funds paid to the  Trustee,  nor be  required to
question any actions  directed by the Trustee.  Regardless  of any  provision of
this Plan,  the  Insurer  shall not be  required to take or permit any action or
allow any benefit or privilege  contrary to the terms of any  Contract  which it
issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer.

9.11     RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

                  Any  payment  to any  Participant,  his legal  representative,
Beneficiary,  or to any guardian or committee  appointed for such Participant or
Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent
thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and
the Employer.



<PAGE>


9.12     ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

                  Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted
or required  to do or perform  any act or matter or thing,  it shall be done and
performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

9.13     NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

                  The "named Fiduciaries" of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2)
the  Administrator,  (3) the Trustee,  and (4) any Investment  Manager appointed
hereunder.  The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties,
responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan.
In  general,  the  Employer  shall have the sole  responsibility  for making the
contributions  provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the sole authority
to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan's
"funding  policy  and  method;"  and to amend  the  elective  provisions  of the
Adoption   Agreement  or  terminate,   in  whole  or  in  part,  the  Plan.  The
Administrator  shall have the sole  responsibility for the administration of the
Plan, which  responsibility  is specifically  described in the Plan. The Trustee
shall have the sole  responsibility  of  management of the assets held under the
Trust,  except those  assets,  the  management  of which has been assigned to an
Investment  Manager,  who shall be solely  responsible for the management of the
assets  assigned to it, all as  specifically  provided  in the Plan.  Each named
Fiduciary warrants that any directions given,  information furnished,  or action
taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan,  authorizing
or providing for such direction,  information or action. Furthermore, each named
Fiduciary  may rely upon any such  direction,  information  or action of another
named  Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan,  and is not required  under the
Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action.
It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for
the proper exercise of its own powers, duties,  responsibilities and obligations
under the Plan. No named  Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner
against  investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may
serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.

9.14     HEADINGS

                  The headings and  subheadings  of this Plan have been inserted
for  convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any  construction  of the
provisions hereof.

9.15     APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

                  (a)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  if,
         pursuant to a timely application filed by or in behalf of the Plan, the
         Commissioner  of  Internal  Revenue  Service  or  his  delegate  should
         determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan
         under  Code  Sections  401  and  501,  and  such  determination  is not
         contested,  or if contested,  is finally upheld,  then if the Plan is a
         new plan, it shall be void ab initio and all amounts contributed to the
         Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one
         year and the Plan shall terminate,  and the Trustee shall be discharged
         from all further  obligations.  If the  disqualification  relates to an
         amended plan, then the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended
         and restated.

                  (b)   Except  as   specifically   stated  in  the  Plan,   any
         contribution by the Employer to the Trust Fund is conditioned  upon the
         deductibility  of the  contribution by the Employer under the Code and,
         to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may within
         one (1)  year  following  a final  determination  of the  disallowance,
         whether by  agreement  with the  Internal  Revenue  Service or by final
         decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such
         disallowed  contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution
         within one (1) year  following the  disallowance.  Earnings of the Plan
         attributable  to the excess  contribution  may not be  returned  to the
         Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so
         returned.

9.16     UNIFORMITY

                    All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied
               in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner.

9.17     PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

                  Benefits  under  this Plan  shall be paid,  subject to Section
6.10 and Section 6.11 only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or
early retirement, termination employment, or upon Plan Termination.

                                    ARTICLE X
                             PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

10.1     ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

                  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  with the
consent of the Employer and Trustee, any Affiliated Employer may adopt this Plan
and all of the  provisions  hereof,  and  participate  herein  and be known as a
Participating  Employer,  by a properly executed document evidencing said intent
and will of such Participating Employer.

10.2     REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

                  (a) Each  Participating  Employer  shall be required to select
         the  same  Adoption  Agreement  provisions  as  those  selected  by the
         Employer  other than the Plan Year,  the  Fiscal  Year,  and such other
         items that must, by necessity, vary among employers.

                    (b) Each such  Participating  Employer  shall be required to
               use the same Trustee as provided in this Plan.

                  (c) The Trustee may, but shall not be required to,  commingle,
         hold  and  invest  as  one  Trust  Fund  all   contributions   made  by
         Participating Employers, as well as all increments thereof.

                  (d) The  transfer  of any  Participant  from or to an Employer
         participating  in this Plan,  whether he be an Employee of the Employer
         or a Participating Employer, shall not affect such Participant's rights
         under the Plan, and all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined
         Account as well as his accumulated  service time with the transferor or
         predecessor,  and  his  length  of  participation  in the  Plan,  shall
         continue to his credit.

                  (e)  Any  expenses  of the  Plan  which  are to be paid by the
         Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating
         Employer in the same  proportion  that the total amount standing to the
         credit of all Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total
         standing to the credit of all Participants.

10.3     DESIGNATION OF AGENT

                  Each  Participating  Employer  shall be deemed to be a part of
this Plan; provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the
Trustee  and  Administrator  for the  purpose of this Plan,  each  Participating
Employer  shall be deemed to have  designated  irrevocably  the  Employer as its
agent.  Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates the contrary,  the word
"Employer" shall be deemed to include each Participating  Employer as related to
its adoption of the Plan.

10.4     EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

                  It is anticipated that an Employee may be transferred  between
Participating  Employers,  and in the event of any such  transfer,  the Employee
involved shall carry with him his accumulated  service and eligibility.  No such
transfer   shall  effect  a  termination  of  employment   hereunder,   and  the
Participating  Employer to which the  Employee is  transferred  shall  thereupon
become  obligated  hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as
was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

10.5     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

                  Any  contribution or Forfeiture  subject to allocation  during
each Plan Year shall be allocated among all  Participants  of all  Participating
Employers in  accordance  with the  provisions of this Plan. On the basis of the
information  furnished by the  Administrator,  the Trustee  shall keep  separate
books  and  records  concerning  the  affairs  of  each  Participating  Employer
hereunder  and  as to  the  accounts  and  credits  of  the  Employees  of  each
Participating  Employer. The Trustee may, but need not, register Contracts so as
to evidence that a particular  Participating Employer is the interested Employer
hereunder,  but in the  event of an  Employee  transfer  from one  Participating
Employer to another, the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee
thereof.

10.6     AMENDMENT

                  Amendment  of this Plan by the Employer at any time when there
shall be a Participating  Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action
of each and every  Participating  Employer  and with the  consent of the Trustee
where such consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan.



<PAGE>


10.7     DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

                  Except in the case of a Standardized  Plan, any  Participating
Employer shall be permitted to discontinue  or revoke its  participation  in the
Plan  at any  time.  At the  time  of any  such  discontinuance  or  revocation,
satisfactory  evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be
delivered to the Trustee.  The Trustee shall  thereafter  transfer,  deliver and
assign  Contracts and other Trust Fund assets  allocable to the  Participants of
such Participating Employer to such new Trustee as shall have been designated by
such  Participating  Employer,  in the event that it has  established a separate
pension plan for its Employees provided, however, that no such transfer shall be
made if the result is the  elimination  or reduction  of any "Section  411(d)(6)
protected  benefits"  in  accordance  with  Section  8.1(e).  If no successor is
designated,  the Trustee  shall  retain such  assets for the  Employees  of said
Participating  Employer  pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no
such  event  shall any part of the  corpus  or  income  of the Trust  Fund as it
relates to such  Participating  Employer  be used for or diverted  for  purposes
other than for the  exclusive  benefit of the  Employees  of such  Participating
Employer.

10.8     ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY

                  The  Administrator  shall have  authority  to make any and all
necessary rules or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all
Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article.

10.9     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

                  If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part
from making a contribution  which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by
reason of having no current or accumulated  earnings or profits, or because such
earnings or profits are less than the contribution which it would otherwise have
made, then, pursuant to Code Section  404(a)(3)(B),  so much of the contribution
which such Participating  Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for
the benefit of the participating  employees of such Participating  Employer,  by
other  Participating  Employers  who are  members of the same  affiliated  group
within  the  meaning  of Code  Section  1504 to the  extent of their  current or
accumulated  earnings or profits,  except  that such  contribution  by each such
other  Participating  Employer  shall be limited to the  proportion of its total
current and accumulated  earnings or profits  remaining after adjustment for its
contribution  to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph  which the total
prevented  contribution  bears to the total current and accumulated  earnings or
profits of all the  Participating  Employers  remaining after adjustment for all
contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph.

                  A  Participating  Employer  on  behalf  of whose  employees  a
contribution is made under this paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the
contributing Participating Employers.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                           CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

                  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  in the Plan to the contrary,
the  provisions  of this Article  shall apply with respect to any 401(k)  Profit
Sharing Plan.

11.1     FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

                  (a) The amount of the total salary reduction  elections of all
         Participants  made pursuant to Section  11.2(a),  which amount shall be
         deemed an Employer's Elective Contribution, plus

                  (b) If specified in E3 of the Adoption  Agreement,  a matching
         contribution  equal  to  the  percentage   specified  in  the  Adoption
         Agreement of the Deferred  Compensation of each Participant eligible to
         share in the  allocations  of the matching  contribution,  which amount
         shall be deemed an Employer's  Non-Elective or Elective Contribution as
         selected in the Adoption Agreement, plus

                    (c)  If  specified  in  E4  of  the  Adoption  Agreement,  a
               discretionary amount, if any, which shall be deemed an Employer's
               Non-Elective Contribution, plus

                    (d)  If  specified  in  E5  of  the  Adoption  Agreement,  a
               Qualified Non-Elective Contribution.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,  the Employer's
         contributions  for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum  amount
         allowable as a deduction to the Employer  under the  provisions of Code
         Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or
         in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

                  (f) Except,  however,  to the extent  necessary to provide the
         top heavy minimum  allocations,  the Employer shall make a contribution
         even if it  exceeds  current  or  accumulated  Net Profit or the amount
         which is deductible under Code Section 404.

                  (g)  Employer  Elective   Contributions   accumulated  through
         payroll deductions shall be paid to the Trustee as of the earliest date
         on which such  contributions  can  reasonably  be  segregated  from the
         Employer's  general  assets,  but in any event within  ninety (90) days
         from the date on which such amounts would  otherwise  have been payable
         to the  Participant  in cash.  The  provisions  of  Department of Labor
         regulations   2510.3-102   are   incorporated   herein  by   reference.
         Furthermore,  any additional Employer contributions which are allocable
         to the Participant's  Elective Account for a Plan Year shall be paid to
         the Plan no later than the twelve-month  period  immediately  following
         the close of such Plan Year.

11.2     PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

                  (a) If selected in the Adoption  Agreement,  each  Participant
         may elect to defer his  Compensation  which would have been received in
         the  Plan  Year,  but  for  the  deferral  election,   subject  to  the
         limitations  of this  Section and the  Adoption  Agreement.  A deferral
         election (or modification of an earlier  election) may not be made with
         respect to Compensation  which is currently  available on or before the
         date the Participant executed such election, or if later, the latest of
         the date the Employer adopts this cash or deferred arrangement,  or the
         date such  arrangement  first  became  effective.  Any  elections  made
         pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  become  effective  as  soon  as  is
         administratively feasible.

                  Additionally,  if  elected  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  each
         Participant  may elect to defer and have  allocated for a Plan Year all
         or a portion of any cash bonus  attributable  to services  performed by
         the  Participant for the Employer during such Plan Year and which would
         have been  received by the  Participant  on or before two and  one-half
         months  following  the end of the  Plan  Year but for the  deferral.  A
         deferral  election may not be made with  respect to cash bonuses  which
         are currently available on or before the date the Participant  executed
         such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, cash bonuses attributable
         to services  performed by the Participant  during a Plan Year but which
         are to be paid to the  Participant  later than two and one-half  months
         after  the  close of such  Plan  Year  will be  subjected  to  whatever
         deferral  election  is in effect at the time such cash bonus would have
         otherwise been received.

                  The  amount by which  Compensation  and/or  cash  bonuses  are
         reduced  shall  be  that  Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  and be
         treated as an Employer  Elective  Contribution  and  allocated  to that
         Participant's Elective Account.

                  Once made,  a  Participant's  election to reduce  Compensation
         shall remain in effect until modified or terminated.  Modifications may
         be made as specified in the Adoption Agreement, and terminations may be
         made at any time. Any  modification  or termination of an election will
         become effective as soon as is administratively feasible.

                  (b) The balance in each  Participant's  Elective Account shall
         be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for
         any reason.

                  (c) Amounts  held in the  Participant's  Elective  Account and
         Qualified  Non-Elective Account may be distributable as permitted under
         the Plan, but in no event prior to the earlier of:

                    (1) a  Participant's  termination of  employment,  Total and
               Permanent Disability, or death;

                           (2)      a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/27;

                    (3) the proven financial hardship of a Participant,  subject
               to the limitations of Section 11.8;
                           (4) the termination of the Plan without the existence
                  at  the  time  of  Plan   termination   of   another   defined
                  contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan
                  as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) or the establishment of
                  a successor defined  contribution plan (other than an employee
                  stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) by
                  the  Employer  or an  Affiliated  Employer  within  the period
                  ending twelve months after distribution of all assets from the
                  Plan maintained by the Employer;

                           (5) the date of the sale by the Employer to an entity
                  that is not an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the
                  assets  (within the meaning of Code  Section  409(d)(2))  with
                  respect to a  Participant  who continues  employment  with the
                  corporation acquiring such assets; or

                           (6)  the  date  of the  sale  by the  Employer  or an
                  Affiliated  Employer of its interest in a  subsidiary  (within
                  the meaning of Code  Section  409(d)(3))  to an entity that is
                  not an Affiliated  Employer with respect to a Participant  who
                  continues employment with such subsidiary.

                  (d) In any Plan Year  beginning  after  December  31,  1987, a
         Participant's  Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other
         plans,  contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan
         shall not exceed the limitation  imposed by Code Section 402(g),  as in
         effect for the calendar year in which such Plan Year began. This dollar
         limitation shall be adjusted  annually  pursuant to the method provided
         in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

                  (e) In  the  event  a  Participant  has  received  a  hardship
         distribution pursuant to Regulation  1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B)  from any
         other  plan  maintained  by the  Employer  or  from  his  Participant's
         Elective Account pursuant to Section 11.8, then such Participant  shall
         not be permitted to elect to have Deferred Compensation  contributed to
         the Plan on his behalf for a period of twelve (12) months following the
         receipt of the distribution.  Furthermore,  the dollar limitation under
         Code Section 402(g) shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant's
         taxable  year   following  the  taxable  year  in  which  the  hardship
         distribution  was made,  by the amount of such  Participant's  Deferred
         Compensation,  if any,  made  pursuant to this Plan (and any other plan
         maintained  by the  Employer)  for the  taxable  year  of the  hardship
         distribution.

                  (f) If a Participant's  Deferred  Compensation under this Plan
         together  with  any  elective   deferrals  (as  defined  in  Regulation
         1.402(g)-l(b)) under another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as
         defined in Code  Section  401(k)),  a simplified  employee  pension (as
         defined in Code Section 408(k)), a salary reduction arrangement (within
         the meaning of Code  Section  3121(a)(5)(D)),  a deferred  compensation
         plan under Code  Section  457,  or a trust  described  in Code  Section
         501(c)(18)  cumulatively  exceed the limitation imposed by Code Section
         402(g) (as adjusted  annually in accordance with the method provided in
         Code Section 415(d)  pursuant to  Regulations)  for such  Participant's
         taxable year, the  Participant  may, not later than March 1st following
         the close of his taxable year,  notify the  Administrator in writing of
         such excess and request that his Deferred  Compensation under this Plan
         be reduced by an amount  specified by the  Participant.  In such event,
         the  Administrator  shall direct the Trustee to distribute  such excess
         amount  (and  any  Income  allocable  to  such  excess  amount)  to the
         Participant  not later than the first April 15th following the close of
         the Participant's  taxable year.  Distributions in accordance with this
         paragraph  may be made for any taxable  year of the  Participant  which
         begins  after  December  31, 1986.  Any  distribution  of less than the
         entire  amount of Excess  Deferred  Compensation  and  Income  shall be
         treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferred  Compensation and
         Income.  The amount  distributed  shall not  exceed  the  Participant's
         Deferred  Compensation  under  the  Plan  for  the  taxable  year.  Any
         distribution  on or before  the last day of the  Participant's  taxable
         year must satisfy each of the following conditions:

                    (1) the  Participant  shall  designate the  distribution  as
               Excess Deferred Compensation;

                    (2) the  distribution  must be made  after the date on which
               the Plan received the Excess Deferred Compensation; and

                    (3)  the  Plan  must   designate  the   distribution   as  a
               distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation.

                  For the purpose of this Section,  "Income" means the amount of
         income  or  loss   allocable  to  a   Participant's   Excess   Deferred
         Compensation  and  shall be equal to the sum of the  allocable  gain or
         loss for the taxable year of the  Participant and the allocable gain or
         loss  for  the  period  between  the  end of the  taxable  year  of the
         Participant and the date of distribution ("gap period").  The income or
         loss  allocable  to each such period is  calculated  separately  and is
         determined  by  multiplying   the  income  or  loss  allocable  to  the
         Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  for the  respective  period by a
         fraction.  The  numerator of the fraction is the  Participant's  Excess
         Deferred  Compensation  for the taxable  year of the  Participant.  The
         denominator  is the  balance,  as of  the  last  day of the  respective
         period, of the  Participant's  Elective Account that is attributable to
         the Participant's  Deferred  Compensation reduced by the gain allocable
         to such total  amount for the  respective  period and  increased by the
         loss allocable to such total amount for the respective period.

                  In lieu of the "fractional  method"  described  above, a "safe
         harbor  method" may be used to calculate the  allocable  income or loss
         for the "gap period." Under such "safe harbor method," allocable income
         or loss for the "gap period" shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%)
         of the income or loss  allocable  to a  Participant's  Excess  Deferred
         Compensation for the taxable year of the Participant  multiplied by the
         number  of  calendar  months  in the  "gap  period."  For  purposes  of
         determining  the  number  of  calendar  months in the "gap  period,"  a
         distribution  occurring  on or before  the  fifteenth  day of the month
         shall be treated as having  been made on the last day of the  preceding
         month and a  distribution  occurring  after such fifteenth day shall be
         treated  as having  been  made on the first day of the next  subsequent
         month.

                  Income  or  loss  allocable  to  any  distribution  of  Excess
         Deferred  Compensation on or before the last day of the taxable year of
         the  Participant  shall be calculated from the first day of the taxable
         year of the  Participant to the date on which the  distribution is made
         pursuant to either the "fractional method" or the "safe harbor method."

                  Notwithstanding  the above, for the 1987 calendar year, Income
         during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

                  (g) Notwithstanding the above, a Participant's Excess Deferred
         Compensation shall be reduced,  but not below zero, by any distribution
         and/or  recharacterization of Excess Contributions  pursuant to Section
         11.5(a) for the Plan Year  beginning with or within the taxable year of
         the Participant.

                  (h) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant  shall be  entitled  to receive  benefits,  the fair market
         value of the  Participant's  Elective  Account shall be used to provide
         benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

                  (i)  Employer  Elective  Contributions  made  pursuant to this
         Section may be segregated into a separate  account for each Participant
         in a federally  insured  savings  account,  certificate of deposit in a
         bank or savings and loan  association,  money  market  certificate,  or
         other  short-term  debt  security  acceptable to the Trustee until such
         time as the allocations pursuant to Section 11.3 have been made.

                  (j) The Employer and the Administrator shall adopt a procedure
         necessary  to implement  the salary  reduction  elections  provided for
         herein.

11.3                       ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

                  (a) The Administrator  shall establish and maintain an account
         in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit
         as of each  Anniversary  Date,  or other  valuation  date,  all amounts
         allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

                  (b) The  Employer  shall  provide the  Administrator  with all
         information  required by the  Administrator to make a proper allocation
         of the Employer's contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable
         period of time after the date of receipt by the  Administrator  of such
         information,  the  Administrator  shall allocate such  contribution  as
         follows:

                           (1)  With   respect   to  the   Employer's   Elective
                  Contribution  made  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(a),   to  each
                  Participant's Elective Account in an amount equal to each such
                  Participant's Deferred Compensation for the year.

                           (2)  With   respect   to  the   Employer's   Matching
                  Contribution  made  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(b),   to  each
                  Participant's  Account,  or Participant's  Elective Account as
                  selected in E3 of the Adoption  Agreement,  in accordance with
                  Section 11.1(b).

                  Except, however, a Participant who is not credited with a Year
         of  Service  during  any Plan  Year  shall or  shall  not  share in the
         Employer's Matching Contribution for that year as provided in E3 of the
         Adoption  Agreement.  However,  for Plan Years beginning after 1989, if
         this  is  a  standardized  Plan,  a  Participant  shall  share  in  the
         Employer's Matching Contribution regardless of Hours of Service.

                           (3)  With  respect  to  the  Employer's  Non-Elective
                  Contribution  made  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(c),   to  each
                  Participant's  Account in  accordance  with the  provisions of
                  Sections  4.3(b)(2) or  4.3(b)(3),  whichever  is  applicable,
                  4.3(k) and 4.3(l).

                           (4)  With   respect  to  the   Employer's   Qualified
                  Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1(d), to
                  each Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account
                  in  the  same   Proportion   that  each   such   Participant's
                  Compensation  for the year bears to the total  Compensation of
                  all  Participants  for such year.  However,  for any Plan Year
                  beginning  prior to  January  1,  1990,  and if elected in the
                  non-standardized   Adoption   Agreement   for  any  Plan  Year
                  beginning on or after  January 1, 1990, a  Participant  who is
                  not credited with a Year of Service during any Plan Year shall
                  not   share   in   the   Employer's   Qualified   Non-Elective
                  Contribution  for  that  year,  unless  required  pursuant  to
                  Section 4.3(h). In addition, the provisions of Sections 4.3(k)
                  and 4.3(l) shall apply with respect to the  allocation  of the
                  Employer's Qualified Non-Elective contribution.

                  (c) Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary, for
         Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, in determining  whether a
         Non-Key Employee has received the required minimum allocation  pursuant
         to section 4.3(f) such Non-Key  Employee's  Deferred  Compensation  and
         matching contributions used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage"
         test   pursuant  to  Section   11.4(a)  or  the  "Actual   Contribution
         Percentage" test of Section 11.6(a) shall not be taken into account.

                  (d)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         participants who terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share
         in the salary reduction contributions made by the Employer for the year
         of termination without regard to the Hours of Service credited.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary  (other
         than Sections  11.3(d) and 11.3(g)),  any  Participant  who  terminated
         employment during the Plan Year for reasons other than death, Total and
         Permanent  Disability,  or  retirement  shall or shall not share in the
         allocations of the Employer's  Matching  Contribution  made pursuant to
         Section  11.1(b),  the  Employer's   Non-Elective   Contributions  made
         pursuant to Section  11.1(c),  the  Employer's  Qualified  Non-Elective
         Contribution  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(d),  and  Forfeitures  as
         provided in the Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
         Plan Years  beginning  after 1989, if this is a standardized  Plan, any
         such terminated  Participant  shall share in such allocations  provided
         the terminated Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

                  (f)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         Participants  terminating  for  reasons of death,  Total and  Permanent
         Disability,  or  retirement  shall  share  in  the  allocation  of  the
         Employer's Matching  Contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1(b), the
         Employer's Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c),
         the Employer's  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution  made pursuant to
         Section 11.1(d), and Forfeitures as provided in this Section regardless
         of whether they completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year.

                  (g)  Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to
         the contrary,  if this is a non-standardized  Plan that would otherwise
         fail to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(26),  410(b)(1),
         or  410(b)(2)(A)(i)  and the Regulations  thereunder  because  Employer
         Matching  Contributions  made  pursuant  to Section  11.1(b),  Employer
         Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c) or Employer
         Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(d)
         have not  been  allocated  to a  sufficient  number  or  percentage  of
         Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

                           (1) The group of  Participants  eligible  to share in
                  the  respective  contributions  for the  Plan  Year  shall  be
                  expanded  to include the minimum  number of  Participants  who
                  would not  otherwise  be eligible as are  necessary to satisfy
                  the applicable test specified above. The specific participants
                  who shall become  eligible  under the terms of this  paragraph
                  shall be those who are  actively  employed  on the last day of
                  the  Plan  Year  and,  when  compared  to  similarly  situated
                  Participants,  have completed the greatest  number of Hours of
                  Service in the Plan Year.

                           (2) If after  application of paragraph (1) above, the
                  applicable  test is still  not  satisfied,  then the  group of
                  Participants  eligible  to share  for the Plan  Year  shall be
                  further expanded to include the minimum number of Participants
                  who are not actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year
                  as are necessary to satisfy the applicable  test. The specific
                  Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those
                  Participants,    when    compared   to   similarly    situated
                  Participants,  who have completed the greatest number of Hours
                  of Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

11.4                                ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a) Maximum  Annual  Allocation:  For each Plan Year beginning
         after  December 31, 1986, the annual  allocation  derived from Employer
         Elective  Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions to a
         Participant's Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account shall
         satisfy one of the following tests:

                           (1) The "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" for the Highly
                  Compensated  Participant  group  shall  not be more  than  the
                  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" of the  Non-Highly  Compensated
                  Participant group multiplied by 1.25, or

                           (2) The excess of the  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"
                  for the Highly Compensated  Participant group over the "Actual
                  Deferral   Percentage"   for   the   Non-Highly    Compensated
                  Participant  group  shall  not be  more  than  two  percentage
                  points. Additionally, the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the
                  Highly  Compensated  Participant  group  shall not  exceed the
                  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" for the Non-Highly  Compensated
                  Participant  group  multiplied  by 2. The  provisions  of Code
                  Section   401  (k)(3)   and   Regulation   1.401(k)-1(b)   are
                  incorporated herein by reference.

                  However,  for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to
         prevent the multiple  use of the  alternative  method  described in (2)
         above and Code Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated Participant
         eligible to make  elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section  11.2 and to
         make Employee  contributions or to receive matching contributions under
         this Plan or under any other  plan  maintained  by the  Employer  or an
         Affiliated  Employer shall have his actual  contribution  ratio reduced
         pursuant  to  Regulation  1.401(m)-2,   the  provisions  of  which  are
         incorporated herein by reference.

                  (b)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  "Actual   Deferral
         Percentage" means, with respect to the Highly  Compensated  Participant
         group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the
         average of the ratios,  calculated  separately for each  participant in
         such  group,  of the  amount of  Employer  Elective  Contributions  and
         Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  allocated to each Participant's
         Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account for such Plan Year,
         to such  Participant's  "414(s)  Compensation"  for such Plan Year. The
         actual  deferral ratio for each  Participant  and the "Actual  Deferral
         Percentage" for each group, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
         1988,  shall be calculated to the nearest  one-hundredth of one percent
         of  the   Participant's   "414(s)   Compensation."   Employer  Elective
         Contributions  allocated to each Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant's
         Elective  Account shall be reduced by Excess  Deferred  Compensation to
         the extent  such  excess  amounts are made under this Plan or any other
         plan maintained by the Employer.

                  (c) For the purpose of determining  the actual  deferral ratio
         of a Highly Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member
         aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is
         either a "five  percent  owner" of the  Employer or one of the ten (10)
         Highly  Compensated  Employees  paid the  greatest  "415  Compensation"
         during the year, the following shall apply:

                           (1) The combined actual deferral ratio for the family
                  group  (which  shall  be  treated  as one  Highly  Compensated
                  Participant) shall be the greater of: (i) the ratio determined
                  by aggregating  Employer  Elective  Contributions  and "414(s)
                  Compensation"  of all eligible  Family  Members who are Highly
                  Compensated Participants without regard to family aggregation;
                  and (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer Elective
                  Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible Family
                  Members (including Highly Compensated Participants).  However,
                  in applying the $200,000  limit to "414(s)  Compensation"  for
                  Plan Years beginning  after December 31, 1988,  Family Members
                  shall  include  only the  affected  Employee's  spouse and any
                  lineal  descendants  who have not  attained  age 19 before the
                  close of the Plan Year.

                           (2) The Employer  Elective  Contributions and "414(s)
                  Compensation"  of all Family Members shall be disregarded  for
                  purposes of determining  the "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" of
                  the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group except to the
                  extent taken into account in paragraph (1) above.

                           (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as
                  a  member  of more  than  one  family  group  in a  plan,  all
                  Participants  who are  members  of those  family  groups  that
                  include the  Participant are aggregated as one family group in
                  accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

                  (d) For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  and  Code  Sections
         401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(k),  if two or more plans which include cash
         or deferred  arrangements  are  considered one plan for the purposes of
         Code   Section   401(a)(4)   or  410(b)   (other   than  Code   Section
         401(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years  beginning after December
         31,  1988),  the cash or deferred  arrangements  included in such plans
         shall be treated as one arrangement.  In addition,  two or more cash or
         deferred  arrangements  may be considered as a single  arrangement  for
         purposes of determining  whether or not such arrangements  satisfy Code
         Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b) and  401(k).  In such a case,  the cash or
         deferred  arrangements  included in such plans and the plans  including
         such  arrangements  shall be treated as one arrangement and as one plan
         for purposes of this Section and Code  Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b) and
         401(k).  For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
         aggregated  under  this  paragraph  (e) only if they have the same plan
         year.

                  Notwithstanding  the  above,  for Plan Years  beginning  after
         December 31, 1988, an employee  stock  ownership plan described in Code
         Section  4975(e)(7)  may not be combined with this Plan for purposes of
         determining  whether the  employee  stock  ownership  plan or this Plan
         satisfies this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).

                  (e) For the purposes of this Section,  if a Highly Compensated
         Participant  is a  Participant  under two (2) or more cash or  deferred
         arrangements  (other than a cash or deferred  arrangement which is part
         of an  employee  stock  ownership  plan  as  defined  in  Code  Section
         4975(e)(7)  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1988) of the
         Employer  or  an  Affiliated  Employer,   all  such  cash  or  deferred
         arrangements  shall be treated as one cash or deferred  arrangement for
         the purpose of  determining  the actual  deferral ratio with respect to
         such Highly Compensated Participant.  However, for Plan Years beginning
         after  December 31,  1988,  if the cash or deferred  arrangements  have
         different Plan Years,  this paragraph  shall be applied by treating all
         cash or deferred  arrangements  ending with or within the same calendar
         year as a single arrangement.

11.5     ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  In the event that the initial  allocations  of the  Employer's
Elective Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions do not satisfy
one of the tests set forth in  Section  11.4,  for Plan  Years  beginning  after
December 31, 1986, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions  pursuant
to the options set forth below:

                  (a)  On or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  third  month
         following the end of each Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant
         having the  highest  actual  deferral  ratio  shall have his portion of
         Excess  Contributions   distributed  to  him  and/or  at  his  election
         recharacterized  as  a  voluntary  Employee  contribution  pursuant  to
         Section  4.7  until  one of the  tests  set  forth in  Section  11.4 is
         satisfied,  or until  his  actual  deferral  ratio  equals  the  actual
         deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated  Participant having the second
         highest actual deferral ratio. This process shall continue until one of
         the tests set  forth in  Section  11.4 is  satisfied.  For each  Highly
         Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess Contributions is equal to
         the Elective  Contributions  and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions
         made on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participant (determined prior
         to the  application of this paragraph)  minus the amount  determined by
         multiplying the Highly Compensated  Participant's actual deferral ratio
         (determined  after  application  of  this  paragraph)  by  his  "414(s)
         Compensation."   However,   in   determining   the   amount  of  Excess
         Contributions to be distributed and/or  recharacterized with respect to
         an affected Highly Compensated  Participant as determined herein,  such
         amount shall be reduced by any Excess Deferred Compensation  previously
         distributed to such affected  Highly  Compensated  Participant  for his
         taxable  year ending with or within  such Plan Year.  Any  distribution
         and/or  recharacterization  of  Excess  Contributions  shall be made in
         accordance with the following:

                    (1) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions
               pursuant to (a) above, such distribution:

                    (i) may be  postponed  but not  later  than the close of the
               Plan Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

                    (ii)   shall  be  made   first   from   unmatched   Deferred
               Compensation  and,   thereafter,   simultaneously  from  Deferred
               Compensation  which is matched and matching  contributions  which
               relate to such Deferred Compensation.  However, any such matching
               contributions  which are not Vested shall be forfeited in lieu of
               being distributed;

                    (iii)   shall   be   made   from   Qualified    Non-Elective
               Contributions only to the extent that Excess Contributions exceed
               the balance in the Participant's Elective Account attributable to
               Deferred Compensation and Employer matching contributions.

                    (iv) shall be adjusted for Income; and

                    (v) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of
               Excess Contributions (and Income).

                    (2)  with  respect  to  the   recharacterization  of  Excess
               Contributions   pursuant  to  (a)  above,  such   recharacterized
               amounts:

                    (i) shall be deemed  to have  occurred  on the date on which
               the last of those  Highly  Compensated  Participants  with Excess
               Contributions   to  be   recharacterized   is   notified  of  the
               recharacterization    and   the   tax    consequences   of   such
               recharacterization;

                    (ii) for Plan Years ending on or before August 8, 1988,  may
               be postponed but not later than October 24, 1988;

                    (iii) shall not exceed the amount of  Deferred  Compensation
               on  behalf of any  Highly  Compensated  Participant  for any Plan
               Year;
                    (iv) shall be treated as  voluntary  Employee  contributions
               for   purposes  of  Code   Section   401(a)(4)   and   Regulation
               1.401(k)-l(b).  However, for purposes of Sections 2.2 and 4.3(f),
               recharacterized  Excess  Contributions  continue to be treated as
               Employer contributions that are Deferred  Compensation.  For Plan
               Years  beginning  after December 31, 1988,  Excess  Contributions
               recharacterized   as  voluntary  Employee   contributions   shall
               continue   to  be   nonforfeitable   and   subject  to  the  same
               distribution rules provided for in Section 11.2(c);

                    (v) which relate to Plan Years  ending on or before  October
               24,  1988,  may be treated as either  Employer  contributions  or
               voluntary  Employee  contributions  and  therefore  shall  not be
               subject to the restrictions of Section 11.2(c);

                    (vi) are not  permitted if the amount  recharacterized  plus
               voluntary  Employee  contributions  actually  made by such Highly
               Compensated  Participant,  exceed the maximum amount of voluntary
               Employee  contributions   (determined  prior  to  application  of
               Section  11.6)  that  such  Highly  Compensated   Participant  is
               permitted   to  make   under   the   Plan  in  the   absence   of
               recharacterization;

                    (vii) shall be adjusted for Income.

                  (3) Any distribution  and/or  recharacterization  of less than
         the  entire  amount of Excess  Contributions  shall be treated as a pro
         rata distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions and
         Income.

                  (4) The determination  and correction of Excess  Contributions
         of a Highly  Compensated  Participant  whose actual  deferral  ratio is
         determined under the family  aggregation rules shall be accomplished as
         follows:

                           (i) If the  actual  deferral  ratio  for  the  Highly
                  Compensated  Participant  is  determined  in  accordance  with
                  Section  11.4(c)(1)(ii),  then the actual deferral ratio shall
                  be reduced as required herein and the Excess Contributions for
                  the family unit shall be allocated among the Family Members in
                  proportion to the Elective Contributions of each Family Member
                  that were  combined to  determine  the group  actual  deferral
                  ratio.

                           (ii) If the  actual  deferral  ratio  for the  Highly
                  Compensated    Participant   is   determined   under   Section
                  11.4(c)(1)(i),  then the actual  deferral ratio shall first be
                  reduced as required herein,  but not below the actual deferral
                  ratio  of the  group  of  Family  Members  who are not  Highly
                  Compensated Participants without regard to family aggregation.
                  The Excess Contributions resulting from this initial reduction
                  shall be allocated (in  proportion to Elective  Contributions)
                  among  the  Highly  Compensated  Participants  whose  Elective
                  Contributions  were combined to determine the actual  deferral
                  ratio.  If further  reduction is still  required,  then Excess
                  Contributions  resulting from this further  reduction shall be
                  determined  by taking into  account the  contributions  of all
                  Family Members and shall be allocated among them in proportion
                  to their respective Elective Contributions.

                  (b) Within  twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year,
         the Employer shall make a special Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution
         on  behalf  of  Non-Highly   Compensated   Participants  in  an  amount
         sufficient  to satisfy  one of the tests set forth in Section  11.4(a).
         Such  contribution  shall be allocated to the  Participant's  Qualified
         Non-Elective Account of each Non-Highly Compensated  Participant in the
         same  proportion  that  each   Non-Highly   Compensated   Participant's
         Compensation  for the  year  bears  to the  total  Compensation  of all
         Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

                  (c) For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income or
         loss allocable to Excess Contributions which shall equal the sum of the
         allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year and the allocable gain or loss
         for  the  period  between  the end of the  Plan  Year  and the  date of
         distribution  ("gap  period").  The income or loss  allocable to Excess
         Contributions  for the Plan  Year and the "gap  period"  is  calculated
         separately and is determined by multiplying  the income or loss for the
         Plan Year or the "gap  period"  by a  fraction.  The  numerator  of the
         fraction is the Excess Contributions for the Plan Year. the denominator
         of the  fraction  is the total of the  Participant's  Elective  Account
         attributable to Elective Contributions and the Participant's  Qualified
         Non-Elective  Account  as of the  end  of the  Plan  Year  or the  "gap
         period,"  reduced by the gain  allocable  to such total  amount for the
         Plan Year or the "gap period" and  increased  by the loss  allocable to
         such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period."

                  In lieu of the "fractional  method"  described  above, a "safe
         harbor  method" may be used to calculate the  allocable  Income for the
         "gap period." Under such "safe harbor method," allocable Income for the
         "gap period"  shall be deemed to equal ten percent  (10%) of the Income
         allocable to Excess  Contributions for the Plan Year of the Participant
         multiplied  by the number of calendar  months in the "gap  period." For
         purposes  of  determining  the  number of  calendar  months in the "gap
         period," a distribution occurring on or before the fifteenth day of the
         month  shall be  treated  as  having  been  made on the last day of the
         preceding  month and a distribution  occurring after such fifteenth day
         shall be  treated  as  having  been  made on the  first day of the next
         subsequent month.

                  Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began in 1987,
         Income during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

                  (d) Any amounts not  distributed or  recharacterized  within 2
         1/2  months  after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the 10%
         Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979.



<PAGE>


11.6                                 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a) The  "Actual  Contribution  Percentage,"  for  Plan  Years
         beginning  after  the  later  of the  Effective  Date of  this  Plan or
         December 31, 1986, for the Highly  Compensated  Participant group shall
         not exceed the greater of:

                    (1) 125  percent  of  such  percentage  for  the  Non-Highly
               Compensated Participant group; or

                           (2) the lesser of 200 percent of such  percentage for
                  the  Non-Highly   Compensated   Participant   group,  or  such
                  percentage for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group
                  plus 2 percentage  points.  However,  for Plan Years beginning
                  after  December 31,  1988,  to prevent the multiple use of the
                  alternative  method  described  in  this  paragraph  and  Code
                  Section  401(m)(9)(A),   any  Highly  Compensated  Participant
                  eligible to make elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2
                  or any other cash or deferred  arrangement  maintained  by the
                  Employer  or an  Affiliated  Employer  and  to  make  Employee
                  contributions or to receive matching  contributions  under any
                  plan  maintained  by the  Employer or an  Affiliated  Employer
                  shall have his actual  contribution  ratio reduced pursuant to
                  Regulation  1.401(m)-2.  The provisions of Code Section 401(m)
                  and Regulations  1.401(m)-l(b) and 1.401(m)-2 are incorporated
                  herein by reference.

                  (b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.7, "Actual
         Contribution  Percentage"  for a Plan Year means,  with  respect to the
         Highly  Compensated   Participant  group  and  Non-Highly   Compensated
         Participant group, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for
         each Participant in each group) of:

                           (1) the sum of Employer matching  contributions  made
                  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(b)  (to the extent  such  matching
                  contributions  are not used to satisfy  the tests set forth in
                  Section 11.4),  voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant
                  to Section  4.7 and Excess  Contributions  recharacterized  as
                  voluntary Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section 11.5 on
                  behalf of each such Participant for such Plan Year, to

                    (2) the  Participant's  "414(s)  Compensation" for such Plan
               Year.

                  (c) For  purposes  of  determining  the  "Actual  Contribution
         Percentage" and the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions  pursuant
         to Section 11.7(d), only Employer matching contributions contributed to
         the  Plan  prior  to the  end of the  succeeding  Plan  Year  shall  be
         considered.  In  addition,  the  Administrator  may  elect to take into
         account,  with respect to Employees  eligible to have Employer matching
         contributions  made pursuant to Section  11.1(b) or voluntary  Employee
         contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7 allocated to their accounts,
         elective  deferrals  (as  defined  in  Regulation   1.402(g)-l(b))  and
         qualified  non-elective  contributions  (as  defined  in  Code  Section
         401(m)(4)(C))  contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such
         elective deferrals and qualified  non-elective  contributions  shall be
         treated  as  Employer  matching  contributions  subject  to  Regulation
         1.401(m)-l(b)(2)  which is incorporated  herein by reference.  However,
         for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be
         the same as the plan year of the plan to which the  elective  deferrals
         and the qualified non-elective contributions are made.

                  (d) For the  purpose of  determining  the actual  contribution
         ratio of a Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is  subject to the Family
         Member  aggregation  rules  of  Code  Section  414(q)(6)  because  such
         Employee is either a "five percent owner" of the Employer or one of the
         ten  (10)  Highly   Compensated   Employees   paid  the  greatest  "415
         Compensation" during the year, the following shall apply:

                           (1) The combined  actual  contribution  ratio for the
                  family group (which shall be treated as one Highly Compensated
                  Participant) shall be the greater of: (i) the ratio determined
                  by aggregating  Employer matching  contributions made pursuant
                  to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent such matching  contributions
                  are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section  11.4),
                  voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7,
                  Excess  Contributions  recharacterized  as voluntary  Employee
                  contributions   pursuant   to   Section   11.5   and   "414(s)
                  Compensation"  of all eligible  Family  Members who are Highly
                  Compensated Participants without regard to family aggregation;
                  and (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
                  contributions  made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent
                  such matching  contributions are not used to satisfy the tests
                  set forth in Section 11.4),  voluntary Employee  contributions
                  made   pursuant   to   Section   4.7,   Excess   Contributions
                  recharacterized as voluntary Employee  contributions  pursuant
                  to Section  11.5 and  "414(s)  Compensation"  of all  eligible
                  Family Members  (including Highly  Compensated  Participants).
                  However,   in   applying   the   $200,000   limit  to  "414(s)
                  Compensation"  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December  31,
                  1988,   Family   Members   shall  include  only  the  affected
                  Employee's  spouse  and any  lineal  descendants  who have not
                  attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year.

                        (2) The Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
               Section  11.1(b) (to the extent such matching  contributions  are
               not  used to  satisfy  the  tests  set  forth in  Section  11.4),
               voluntary  Employee  contributions  made pursuant to Section 4.7,
               Excess   Contributions   recharacterized  as  voluntary  Employee
               contributions  pursuant to Section 11.5 and "414(s) Compensation"
               of all  Family  Members  shall be  disregarded  for  purposes  of
               determining   the  "Actual   Contribution   Percentage"   of  the
               Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group  except to the extent
               taken into account in paragraph (1) above.

                        (3) If a  Participant  is required to be aggregated as a
               member of more than one family group in a plan, all  Participants
               who  are  members  of  those  family   groups  that  include  the
               Participant are aggregated as one family group in accordance with
               paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

                  (e) For purposes of this Section and Code Sections  401(a)(4),
         410(b)  and  401(m),  if two or more  plans  of the  Employer  to which
         matching contributions,  Employee contributions,  or both, are made are
         treated as one plan for purposes of Code  Sections  401(a)(4) or 410(b)
         other   than   the   average   benefits   test   under   Code   Section
         410(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years  beginning after December
         31, 1988), such plans shall be treated as one plan. In addition, two or
         more plans of the Employer to which  matching  contributions,  Employee
         Contributions, or both, are made may be considered as a single plan for
         purposes of determining whether or not such plans satisfy Code Sections
         401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m). In such a case, the aggregated plans must
         satisfy this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(m) as
         though  such  aggregated  plans  were a single  plan.  For  plan  years
         beginning after December 31, 1989,  plans may be aggregated  under this
         paragraph only if they have the same plan year

                  Notwithstanding  the  above,  for Plan Years  beginning  after
         December 31, 1988, an employee  stock  ownership plan described in Code
         Section 4975(e)(7) may not be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of
         determining  whether the  employee  stock  ownership  plan or this Plan
         satisfies this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).

                  (f) If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under
         two or more plans  (other  than an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as
         defined  in Code  Section  4975(e)(7)  for Plan Years  beginning  after
         December  31,  1988)  which  are  maintained  by  the  Employer  or  an
         Affiliated   Employer  to  which   matching   contributions,   Employee
         contributions,  or both, are made, all such  contributions on behalf of
         such Highly Compensated Participant shall be aggregated for purposes of
         determining such Highly Compensated  Participant's  actual contribution
         ratio.  However,  for Plan Years  beginning after December 31, 1998, if
         the plans have different plan years, this paragraph shall be applied by
         treating  all plans ending with or within the same  calendar  year as a
         single plan.

                  (g) For  purposes  of  Section  11.6(a)  and  11.7,  a  Highly
         Compensated  Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall
         include any  Employee  eligible  to have  matching  contributions  made
         pursuant to Section  11.1(b)  (whether or not a deferred  election  was
         made or suspended pursuant to Section 11.2(e)) allocated to his account
         for the Plan Year or to make salary deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2
         (if the Employer  uses salary  deferrals to satisfy the  provisions  of
         this Section) or voluntary Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section
         4.7  (whether  or  not  voluntary  Employee   contributions  are  made)
         allocated to his account for the Plan Year.

                  (h) For  purposes  of this  Section,  "Matching  Contribution"
         shall mean an Employee  contribution made to the Plan, or to a contract
         described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a Participant on account
         of an Employee contribution made by such participant,  or on account of
         a participant's deferred  compensation,  under a plan maintained by the
         Employer.

11.7                         ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a) In the event that for Plan Years  beginning after December
         31,  1986,  the  "Actual   Contribution   Percentage"  for  the  Highly
         Compensated   Participant   group  exceeds  the  "Actual   Contribution
         Percentage" for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group pursuant
         to Section 11.6(a),  the  Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day
         of the third month  following the end of the Plan Year, but in no event
         later  than the close of the  following  Plan  Year)  shall  direct the
         Trustee to distribute to the Highly Compensated  Participant having the
         highest  actual  contribution  ratio,  his portion of Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  (and  Income  allocable  to such  contributions)  or, if
         forfeitable,  forfeit such non-Vested  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions
         attributable to Employer matching  contributions  (and Income allocable
         to such Forfeitures) until either one of the tests set forth in Section
         11.6(a) is satisfied, or until his actual contribution ratio equals the
         actual contribution ratio of the Highly Compensated  Participant having
         the second  highest  actual  contribution  ratio.  This  process  shall
         continue  until  one of the  tests  set  forth in  Section  11.6(a)  is
         satisfied.  The  distribution  and/or  Forfeiture  of Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions shall be made in the following order:

                    (1)  Employer  matching  contributions   distributed  and/or
               forfeited pursuant to Section 11.5(a)(1);

                    (2)  Voluntary  Employee   contributions   including  Excess
               Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
               pursuant to Section 11.5(a)(2),

                           (3)      Remaining Employer matching contributions.

                  (b) Any  distribution  or  Forfeiture  of less than the entire
         amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions (and Income) shall be treated
         as a pro  rata  distribution  of  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  and
         Income.   Distribution  of  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  shall  be
         designated  by the  Employer  as a  distribution  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions   (and   Income).   Forfeitures   of   Excess   Aggregate
         Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.3. However,
         no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly Compensated Participant
         whose contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section.

                  (c) Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  attributable  to amounts
         other  than  voluntary  Employee  contributions,   including  forfeited
         matching contributions,  shall be treated as Employer contributions for
         purposes  of Code  Sections  404 and 415 even if  distributed  from the
         Plan.

                  (d) For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.6, "Excess
         Aggregate  Contributions"  means,  with  respect to any Plan Year,  the
         excess of:

                           (1)  the  aggregate   amount  of  Employer   matching
                  contributions  made pursuant to Section 11.1(a) (to the extent
                  such  contributions are taken into account pursuant to Section
                  11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee  contributions made pursuant to
                  Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
                  Employee  contributions  pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and  any
                  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or elective  deferrals
                  taken into account  pursuant to Section 11.6(c)  actually made
                  on behalf of the Highly Compensated Participant group for such
                  Plan Year, over

                    (2) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under
               the limitations of Section 11.6(a).

                  (e) For each  Highly  Compensated  Participant,  the amount of
         Excess Aggregate  Contributions is equal to the total Employer matching
         contributions  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent  taken
         into  account  pursuant  to  Section   11.6(a)),   voluntary   Employee
         contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.7,  Excess  Contributions
         recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section
         11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals
         taken into account  pursuant to Section 11.6(c) on behalf of the Highly
         Compensated  Participant  (determined  prior to the application of this
         paragraph)  minus the  amount  determined  by  multiplying  the  Highly
         Compensated  Participant's  actual contribution ratio (determined after
         application of this paragraph) by his "414(s) Compensation." The actual
         contribution ratio must be rounded to the nearest  one-hundredth of one
         percent for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1988. In no case
         shall the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contribution  with respect to any
         Highly  Compensated  Participant exceed the amount of Employer matching
         contributions  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent  taken
         into  account  pursuant  to  Section   11.6(a)),   voluntary   Employee
         contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.7,  Excess  Contributions
         recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section
         11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals
         taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) on behalf of such Highly
         Compensated Participant for such Plan Year.

                  (f)  The  determination  of the  amount  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  with  respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first
         determining  the  Excess  Contributions,  if  any,  to  be  treated  as
         voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for the plan
         year of any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in
         Code  Section  401(k))  maintained  by the  Employer  that ends with or
         within  the Plan  Year or  which  are  treated  as  voluntary  Employee
         contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section 11.5.

                  (g) The  determination  and  correction  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  of  a  Highly   Compensated   Participant  whose  actual
         contribution  ratio is determined  under the family  aggregation  rules
         shall be accomplished as follows:

                           (1) If the actual  contribution  ratio for the Highly
                  Compensated  Participant  is  determined  in  accordance  with
                  Section  11.6(d)(1),  then the actual contribution ratio shall
                  be reduced  and the  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  for the
                  family  unit shall be  allocated  among the Family  Members in
                  proportion to the sum of Employer matching  contributions made
                  pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account
                  pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions
                  made   pursuant   to   Section   4.7,   Excess   Contributions
                  recharacterized as voluntary Employee  contributions  pursuant
                  to Section 11.5 and any Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions
                  or elective  deferrals taken into account  pursuant to Section
                  11.6(c) of each Family  Member that were combined to determine
                  the group actual contribution ratio.

                           (2) If the actual  contribution  ratio for the Highly
                  Compensated    Participant   is   determined   under   Section
                  11.6(d)(2),  then the actual contribution ratio shall first be
                  reduced,   as  required  herein,  but  not  below  the  actual
                  contribution  ratio of the group of Family Members who are not
                  Highly  Compensated  Participants  without  regard  to  family
                  aggregation. The Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from
                  this initial  reduction  shall be  allocated  among the Highly
                  Compensated Participants whose Employer matching contributions
                  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b)  (to the extent  taken into
                  account  pursuant  to  Section  11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee
                  contributions   made   pursuant   to   Section   4.7,   Excess
                  Contributions    recharacterized    as   voluntary    Employee
                  contributions  pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and any  Qualified
                  Non-Elective  Contributions  or elective  deferrals taken into
                  account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) were combined to determine
                  the actual  contribution  ratio. If further reduction is still
                  required,  then Excess Aggregate  Contributions resulting from
                  this  further  reduction  shall be  determined  by taking into
                  account the  contributions  of all Family Members and shall be
                  allocated  among  them  in  proportion  to  their   respective
                  Employer  matching  contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section
                  11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account  pursuant to Section
                  11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee  contributions made pursuant to
                  Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
                  Employee  contributions  pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and  any
                  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or elective  deferrals
                  taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c).

                  (h) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after
         the end of the Plan Year,  the  Employer  may make a special  Qualified
         Non-Elective   Contribution   on  behalf  of   Non-Highly   Compensated
         Participants  in an amount  sufficient  to satisfy one of the tests set
         forth in Section  11.6.  Such  contribution  shall be  allocated to the
         Participant's   Qualified   Non-Elective  Account  of  each  Non-Highly
         Compensated  Participant in the same  proportion  that each  Non-Highly
         Compensated Participant's  Compensation for the year bears to the total
         Compensation  of all Non-Highly  Compensated  Participants.  A separate
         accounting  shall be  maintained  for the  purpose  of  excluding  such
         contributions  from the "Actual Deferral  Percentage" tests pursuant to
         Section 11.4.

                           (i) For purposes of this Section,  "Income" means the
                  income or loss  allocable  to Excess  Aggregate  Contributions
                  which  shall equal the sum of the  allocable  gain or loss for
                  the Plan Year and the  allocable  gain or loss for the  period
                  between the end of the Plan Year and the date of  distribution
                  ("gap  period").  The  income  or  loss  allocable  to  Excess
                  Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year and the "gap period"
                  is calculated  separately and is determined by multiplying the
                  income  or loss for the Plan  Year or the  "gap  period"  by a
                  fraction.   The  numerator  of  the  fraction  is  the  Excess
                  Aggregate  Contributions for the Plan Year. The denominator of
                  the fraction is the total Participant's  Account and Voluntary
                  Contribution   Account   attributable  to  Employer   matching
                  contributions  subject to  Section  11.6,  voluntary  Employee
                  contributions  made pursuant to Section 4.7, and any Qualified
                  Non-Elective  Contributions and elective  deferrals taken into
                  account  pursuant to Section 11.6(c) as of the end of the Plan
                  Year or the "gap  period,"  reduced by the gain  allocable  to
                  such total  amount for the Plan Year or the "gap  period"  and
                  increased  by the loss  allocable to such total amount for the
                  Plan Year or the "gap period."

                  In lieu of the "fractional  method"  described  above, a "safe
         harbor  method" may be used to calculate the  allocable  Income for the
         "gap period." Under such "safe harbor method," allocable Income for the
         "cap period"  shall be deemed to equal ten percent  (10%) of the Income
         allocable to Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  for the Plan Year of the
         Participant  multiplied  by the number of  calendar  months in the "gap
         period." For purposes of determining  the number of calendar  months in
         the "gap period," a  distribution  occurring on or before the fifteenth
         day of the month  shall be treated as having  been made on the last day
         of  the  preceding  month  and  a  distribution  occurring  after  such
         fifteenth  day shall be treated as having been made on the first day of
         the next subsequent month.

                  The  Income  allocable  to  Excess   Aggregate   Contributions
         resulting from  recharacterization  of Elective  Contributions shall be
         determined  and  distributed  as  if  such   recharacterized   Elective
         Contributions had been distributed as Excess Contributions.

                  Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began in 1987,
         Income during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

11.8                              ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

                  (a) The  Administrator,  at the  election of the  Participant,
         shall direct the Trustee to  distribute to any  Participant  in any one
         Plan Year up to the lesser of (1) 100% of his  accounts as specified in
         the Adoption  Agreement valued as of the last Anniversary Date or other
         valuation date or (2) the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and
         heavy financial need of the Participant. Any distribution made pursuant
         to this  Section  shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the
         Plan Year or, if later,  the valuation date  immediately  preceding the
         date of  distribution,  and the account from which the  distribution is
         made shall be reduced accordingly,  withdrawal under this Section shall
         be  authorized  only if the  distribution  is on  account of one of the
         following or any other items permitted by the Internal Revenue Service:

                    (1)  Medical  expenses  described  in  Code  Section  213(d)
               incurred by the Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents
               (as defined in Code Section 152);

                    (2)  The  purchase   (excluding   mortgage  payments)  of  a
               principal residence for the Participant;

                    (3) Payment of tuition  for the next  semester or quarter of
               post-secondary   education  for  the  Participant,   his  spouse,
               children, or dependents; or

                           (4)  The  need  to  prevent   the   eviction  of  the
                  Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the
                  mortgage of the Participant's principal residence.

                  (b) No such distribution  shall be made from the Participant's
         Account until such Account has become fully Vested.

                  (c) No  distribution  shall be made  pursuant to this  Section
         unless the Administrator,  based upon the Participant's  representation
         and such other facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that
         all of the following conditions are satisfied:

                    (1) The  distribution  is not in excess of the amount of the
               immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant;

                           (2) The Participant  has obtained all  distributions,
                  other than hardship  distributions,  and all nontaxable  loans
                  currently   available  under  all  plans   maintained  by  the
                  Employer,

                           (3) The Plan,  and all other plans  maintained by the
                  Employer,  provide that the Participant's  elective  deferrals
                  and voluntary Employee  contributions will be suspended for at
                  least  twelve  (12)  months  after  receipt  of  the  hardship
                  distribution; and

                           (4) The Plan,  and all other plans  maintained by the
                  Employer,  provide that the  Participant may not make elective
                  deferrals  for  the  Participant's  taxable  year  immediately
                  following  the taxable  year of the hardship  distribution  in
                  excess of the  applicable  limit under Code Section 402(g) for
                  such next taxable  year less the amount of such  Participant's
                  elective  deferrals  for  the  taxable  year  of the  hardship
                  distribution.

                  (d)   Notwithstanding   the  above,   distributions  from  the
         Participant's  Elective  Account  and  Qualified  Non-Elective  Account
         pursuant to this Section shall be limited  solely to the  Participant's
         Deferred  Compensation and any income attributable  thereto credited to
         the Participant's Elective Account as of December 31, 1988.

                  (e) Any  distribution  made  pursuant to this Section shall be
         made in a manner which is consistent  with and satisfies the provisions
         of Section 6.5,  including,  but not limited to, all notice and consent
         requirements  of Code Sections  411(a)(11) and 417 and the  Regulations
         thereunder.

<PAGE>



                   AMENDMENT TO THE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
                             AND TRUST DOCUMENT FOR
                         ELLER MEDIA COMPANY 401(K) PLAN

Article I, Section 1.7 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Beneficiary"   means  the  person  to  whom  a  share  of  a  deceased
         Participant's  interest  in  the  Plan  is  payable,   subject  to  the
         restrictions of Section 6.2 and 6.6. In the event no valid  designation
         of beneficiary exists at the time of the Participant's death, the death
         benefit shall be distributed to the  Participant's  Spouse,  if living;
         otherwise in equal shares to any surviving children of the Participant.
         In  the  event  none  of  the  above  named  individuals  survives  the
         Participant,  the  Participant's  death  benefit  shall  be paid to the
         executor or administrator of the Participant's estate.

Article I, Section 1.74 is hereby  amended by inserting the following  paragraph
in its entirety immediately after the first paragraph of the section:

                  For purposes of determining an Employee's vesting, the Elapsed
         Time Method  shall be used.  An Employee  will  receive  credit for the
         aggregate of all time periods  commencing with the Employee's first day
         of employment and ending on the date a Period of Severance  begins.  An
         Employee  will also receive  credit for any period of severance of less
         than twelve (12) consecutive months.  Fractional periods of a year will
         be expressed in terms of days.

         Period of  Service.  The term  Period of Service  or Service  means the
         Employer-Employee   relationship   which   begins  on  the   Employee's
         employment date and continues until his Severance from Service Date.

         Period of  Severance.  The term Period of  Severance  means a period of
         time  commencing on the  Participant's  Severance from Service Date and
         ending on the date such individual is re-employed by the Employer.

                    Severance from Service Date. The Severance from Service Date
               shall be the earliest of (A), (B) or (C) below:

         (A)      The date the Employee  terminates  employment  by reasons of a
                  quit, discharge, permanent Disability, retirement or death.

         (B)      The second anniversary of the first day the Employee is absent
                  from Service for maternity or paternity reasons,  as described
                  below in "One-Year Break in Service for Vesting."

         (C)      The first anniversary of the first day the Employee  separates
                  from Service for any other reasons such as an authorized leave
                  of absence, sickness, vacation, etc., after which the Employee
                  does not return to work.

         One-Year  Break in Service  for  Vesting.  The term  One-Year  Break in
         Service  shall  mean  a   12-consecutive-month   Period  of  Severance,
         beginning on the Employee's Severance from Service Date.

         In the case of an  individual  who is absent from Service for maternity
         or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive-month  period beginning on the
         first  anniversary  of  the  first  date  of  such  absence  shall  not
         constitute  a One-Year  Break in Service.  An absence  from Service for
         maternity  or paternity  reasons  means an absence (1) by reason of the
         pregnancy of the  individual,  (2) by reason of the birth of a child of
         the  individual,  (3) by reason of the  placement  of a child  with the
         individual  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of such  child by such
         individual,  or (4) for  purposes of caring for such child for a period
         beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

Article I, Section 1.74 is hereby  amended by deleting the paragraphs at the top
of page 13 in their entirety and replacing with the following:

         Year(s) of Service.  The term  Year(s) of Service  for vesting  means a
         Period of Service  equaling  12 months.  Service  counted in  computing
         Years  of  Service  need  not be  consecutive  or  continuous,  and all
         fractional Period of Service shall be aggregated.

         Service  Upon   Re-Employment.   An  Employee  shall  be  considered  a
         re-employed  Employee when he is rehired  following a One-Year Break in
         Service. Upon reemployment, all Service, including Service prior to any
         One-Year  Break in Service,  shall be  aggregated in  determining  such
         re-employed Employees' Vesting Percentage.

         Predecessor Organization Service. For purposes of this Article, Service
         with a  predecessor  organization  of the Employer  shall be treated as
         Service with the  Employer in any case in which the Employer  maintains
         the Plan of such predecessor organization.

Article II, Section 2. 10 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless
         paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident
         to the functioning of the Administrator, including, but not limited to,
         fees of accountants,  counsel,  and other specialists and their agents,
         and other costs of  administering  the Plan. In addition,  a reasonable
         distribution  processing  fee  shall be  charged  against  a  recipient
         participant's  distribution or account.  Until paid, the expenses shall
         constitute  a liability  of the Trust Fund.  However,  the Employer may
         reimburse the Trust Fund for any administration  expense incurred.  Any
         administration  expense paid to the Trust Fund as a reimbursement shall
         not be considered an Employer contribution.

Article IV, Section 4.6(d) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                    (d)  Once  during a Plan  Year a  Participant  may  elect to
               withdraw up to one hundred percent (100%) his Rollover Account in
               a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
               Section  6.5,  including,  but not  limited  to,  all  notice and
               consent  requirements of Code Section  411(a)(l1) and 417 and the
               Regulations thereunder.  Such amounts shall be considered as part
               of a Participant's  benefit in determining whether an involuntary
               cash-out of  benefits  without  Participant  consent may be made.
               Further,  at Normal  Retirement Date, or such other date when the
               Participant  or his  Beneficiary  shall be  entitled  to  receive
               benefits,  the fair market  value of the  Participant's  Rollover
               Account  shall  be used to  provide  additional  benefits  to the
               Participant or his Beneficiary.

Article VI,  Section  6.2(d) is hereby  amended by deleting the last sentence of
the last paragraph of sub-section (d).



<PAGE>


                            PROPOSED AMENDMENT TO THE
                               ELLER MEDIA COMPANY
                                   401(K) PLAN


         WHEREAS,  there  has  previously  been  an  Amendment  to  the  Defined
Contribution Plan and Trust Document for Eller Media Company 401(k) Plan.

         WHEREAS,  a  qualifying  amendment  is  required  to be  made  to  such
previously prepared amendment.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  effective  January  1,  1997  the plan is  amended  as
follows:

         The  reference to Article 1, Section 1.74 on page 1 of the Amendment is
hereby changed to read as follows:

                  Article I,  Section 1.74 is hereby  amended by  inserting  the
                  following  paragraph  in its  entirety  immediately  after the
                  second paragraph of the section:

         The third  sentence in the  amendment  to Article II,  Section  2.10 is
hereby deleted.




<PAGE>


                                        2







                               ELLER MEDIA COMPANY
                                   401(k) PLAN







                         Effective Date: January 1, 1997



<PAGE>


                              ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

                          E. A. EDBERG ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                     NON-STANDARDIZED 401(k) PROFIT SHARING
                                 PLAN AND TRUST

                    The  undersigned  Employer  adopts E. A. Edberg  Associates,
               Inc.  Non-Standardized  401(k)  profit  Sharing  Plan  for  those
               Employees  who shall  qualify as  Participants  hereunder, to be
               known as the
Al:      Eller Media Company 401(k) Plan
         --------------------------------
                  (Enter Plan Name)

It shall be  effective  as of the date  specified  below.  The  Employer  hereby
selects the following Plan specifications:

                    CAUTION:  The  failure to  properly  fill out this  Adoption
               Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.

EMPLOYER INFORMATION

B1:      Name of Employer

         Eller Media Company
         --------------------------------------------

B2:      Address: 2850 East Camelback Road, Suite 300
                  -----------------------------------

         City:    Phoenix               State:   Arizona         ZIP:     85016
                  ------------------             -------                  -----

         Telephone:        (602) 957-8116
                           ---------------------------

B3:      Employer Identification Number:    86-0801051
                                            ----------

B4:      Date Business Commenced:   August 15, 1995
                                    -------------------

B5:      TYPE OF ENTITY

         a.       |_|      S Corporation
         b.       |_|      Professional Service Corporation
         c.       |X|      Corporation
         d.       |_|      Sole Proprietorship
         e.       |_|      Partnership
         f.       |_|      Other



<PAGE>


         AND, is the Employer a member of...

         g.       a controlled group?  |X| Yes  |_|  No
         h.       an affiliated service group?  |_|  Yes  |X|  No

B6:      NAME(S) OF TRUSTEE(S):     a. Frontier Trust Company
                                       -------------------------------

                                    b.
                                       -----------------------

                                    c.
                                       -----------------------

B7:      TRUSTEES' ADDRESS a.  |_|  Use Employer Address

         b.       Address: 3100 13th Avenue South, Suite 303
                           -------------------------------------------

         c.       City: Fargo     d.  State: North Dakota        e. ZIP:  58103
                        --------      -------------------                 -----

B8:      LOCATION OF EMPLOYER'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE:

         a.       |X|      state    b. |_|  commonwealth of   c.  Arizona
                                                                  ---------
                  and this Plan and Trust shall be governed under the same.

B9:      EMPLOYER FISCAL YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

         Commencing on a.  January  1st      (e. g., January 1st) and ending on
                           -----------------
                                    month            day

         b.       December 31st
                  --------------------------
                  month             day

PLAN INFORMATION

C1:      EFFECTIVE DATE
                    This Adoption Agreement of the E. A. Edberg Associates, Inc.
                    Non-Standardized 401(k)Profit Sharing Plan and Trust shall:

               a.   |_|  establish a new Plan and Trust  effective  as of ______
                    (hereinafter called the "Effective Date").

               b.   |X| constitute an amendment and  restatement in its entirety
                    of a previously  established qualified Plan and Trust of the
                    Employer which was effective  01-01-87  (hereinafter  called
                    the "Effective  Date").  Except as specifically  provided in
                    the  Plan,   the  effective   date  of  this  amendment  and
                    restatement is 01-01-97 (For TRA '86  amendments,  enter the
                    first day of the first Plan Year beginning in 1989).




<PAGE>


C2:      PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

                    Commencing on a. January 1st (e.g.,  January 1st) and ending
                    on b. December 31st ------------------ -------------

         IS THERE A SHORT PLAN YEAR?

               c.   |X| No
               d.   |_|                      Yes,                    beginning
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                    and                                              ending
                    -----------------------------------------------------------

C3:      ANNIVERSARY DATE of Plan (Annual Valuation Date) a.  December 31st
                                                              -------------
                                                              month     day

C4:      PLAN NUMBER assigned by the Employer (select one)

a.       |_|  001    b. |_|  002   c. |X| 003   d.  |_|  Other _____.

C5:      NAME OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR (Document provides for the Employer to
         appoint an Administrator. If none is named, the Employer will become
         the Administrator.)

         a.       |X|      Employer (Use Employer Address)

         b.       |_|      Name:
                                 ---------------------------------------

                  Address:
                           ---------------------------------------------

                  City:                 State:                ZIP:
                        --------------        --------------      -------------

                  Telephone:
                             --------------------------------------------------

                  Administrator's I. D. Number:
                                                -------------------------------

C6:      PLAN'S AGENT FOR SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS

         a.       |_|      Employer (Use Employer Address)

         b:       |X|      Name:    Paul Meyer, Esq.
                                    -------------------------------------------

                  Address: 2850 East Camelback Road, Suite 300
                           ---------------------------------------------------

                  City: Phoenix      State:  Arizona          ZIP:     85016
                        ----------           ---------                 -----




<PAGE>


ELIGIBILITY VESTING AND RETIREMENT AGE

D1:      ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES (Plan Section 1.15) shall mean:

a. |_| all Employees who have satisfied the eligibility requirements.

b. |X| all Employees  who have  satisfied the  eligibility  requirements  except
those checked below:

                  1.   |_|  Employees paid by commissions only.
                  2.   |_|  Employees hourly paid.
                  3.   |_|  Employees paid by salary.
                  4.   |X|  Employees  whose  employment is governed by a
                            collective bargaining agreement between the Employer
                            and "employee representatives" under which
                            retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
                            bargaining.  For this purpose,  the term "employee
                            representatives" does not include any organization
                            more than half of whose  members  are  employees who
                            are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.
               5.   |_|  Highly Compensated  Employees.
               6.   |X|  Employees  who are  nonresident  aliens who received no
                    earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2))
                    from the  Employer  which  constitutes  income from  sources
                    within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section
                    861(a)(3)).
               7.  |_|   Other
               --------------------------------------------------------------

         NOTE:             For purposes of this section, the term Employee shall
                           include all Employees of this Employer and any leased
                           employees  deemed to be Employees  under Code Section
                           414(n) or 414(o).

D2:      EMPLOYEES OF AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS (Plan Section 1.16)

         Employees of Affiliated Employers:

         a.       |X|      will not or N/A
         b.       |_|      will

         be treated as Employees of the Employer adopting the Plan.

               NOTE:If D2b is elected,  each Affiliated  Employer should execute
                    this Adoption Agreement as a Participating Employer.

D3:      HOURS OF SERVICE (Plan Section 1.31) will be determined on the basis of
         the method selected below. Only one method may be selected. The method
         selected will be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.

         a.      |X|   On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is
                 paid or entitled to payment.


<PAGE>


               b.   |_| On the  basis  of  days  worked.  An  Employee  will  be
                    credited  with ten (10)  Hours of  Service if under the Plan
                    such  Employee  would be credited with at least one (1) Hour
                    of Service during the day.
               c.   |_| On the  basis  of  weeks  worked.  An  Employee  will be
                    credited  forty-five (45) Hours of Service if under the Plan
                    such  Employee  would be credited with at least one (1) Hour
                    of Service during the week.
               d.   |_|  On  the  basis  of  semi-monthly  payroll  periods.  An
                    Employee  will be credited  with  ninety-five  (95) Hours of
                    Service if under the Plan such  Employee  would be  credited
                    with  at  least  one  (1)  Hour  of   Service   during   the
                    semi-monthly payroll period.
               e.   |_| On the  basis of  months  worked.  An  Employee  will be
                    credited  with one hundred  ninety (190) Hours of Service if
                    under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least
                    one (1) Hour of Service during the month.

D4:      CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY (Plan Section 3.1)
         (Check either a OR b and c, and if applicable, d)

         Any Eligible  Employee will be eligible to  participate  in the Plan if
         such Eligible  Employee has satisfied the service and age requirements,
         if any, specified below:

         a.       |_|      NO AGE OR SERVICE REQUIRED.

         b.       |X|      SERVICE REQUIREMENT (may not exceed 1 year)

                  1.       |_|      None
                  2.       |_|      1/2 Year of Service
                  3.       |X|      1 Year of Service
                  4.       |_|      Other
                                          --------------------------------------

         NOTE:             If the  Year(s) of Service  selected is or includes a
                           fractional  year, an Employee will not be required to
                           complete any specified  number of Hours of Service to
                           receive credit for such fractional year. If expressed
                           in  Months  of  Service,  an  Employee  will  not  be
                           required to complete any specified number of Hours of
                           Service in a particular month.

         c.       |X|      AGE REQUIREMENT (may not exceed 21)

                  1.       |_|      N/A - No Age Requirement.
                  2.       |_|      20 1/2
                  3.       |X|      21
                  4.       |_|      Other

         d:                |_| FOR NEW  PLANS  ONLY -  Regardless  of any of the
                           above  age  or  service  requirements,  any  Eligible
                           Employee  who was employed on the  Effective  Date of
                           the Plan shall be eligible to  participate  hereunder
                           and shall enter the Plan as of such date.



<PAGE>


D5:      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION (Plan Section 3.2)
         An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of:

               a.   |_| the  first  day of the  Plan  Year in  which  he met the
                    requirements.
               b.   |_| the  first  day of the  Plan  Year in  which  he met the
                    requirements,  if he met  the  requirements  in the  first 6
                    months of the Plan Year,  or as of the first day of the next
                    succeeding Plan Year if he met the  requirements in the last
                    6 months of the Plan Year.
               c.   |_| the earlier of the first day of the seventh month or the
                    first day of the Plan Year  coinciding with or not following
                    the date on which he met the requirements.
               d.   |_| the first day of the Plan Year next  following  the date
                    on which he met the  requirements.  (Eligibility must be 1/2
                    Year of Service or less and age 20 1/2 or less.)
               e.   |X|  the  first  day of the  month  coinciding  with or next
                    following the date on which he met the requirements.
         f.                |_|  Other:   provided   that  an  Employee  who  has
                           satisfied  the maximum  age and service  requirements
                           that are  permissible  in Section D4 above and who is
                           otherwise  entitled to  participate,  shall  commence
                           participation  no  later  than the  earlier  of (a) 6
                           months after such requirements are satisfied,  or (b)
                           the   first  day  of  the  Plan   Year   after   such
                           requirements  are  satisfied,   unless  the  Employee
                           separates  from  service  before  such  participation
                           date.

D6:      VESTING OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST (Plan Section 6.4(b))
         The vesting schedule,  based on number of Years of Service, shall be as
follows:

               a.   |_|  100%  upon  entering  Plan.  (Required  if  eligibility
                    requirement is greater than one (1) Year of Service.)

               b.   |_| 0-2 years 0%

               c.   |_| 0-4 years 0% 3 years 100% 5 years 100%

                    d.   |_| 0-1 year     0%        e. |_| 1 year      25%
                               2 years   20%               2 years     50%
                               3 years   40%               3 years     75%
                               4 years   60%               4 years    100%
                               5 years   80%
                               6 years  100%

                    f.   |X|   1 year    20%        g. |_| 0-2 years     0%
                               2 years   40%                 3 years    20%
                               3 years   60%                 4 years    40%
                               4 years   80%                 5 years    60%
                               5 years  100%                 6 years    80%
                                                             7 years   100%



<PAGE>

                    h.   |_| Other - Must be at least as  liberal as either c or
                         g above.

                           Years of Service          Percentage

                           =====================     ===============
                           =====================     ===============
                           =====================     ===============

D7:  FOR AMENDED PLANS (Plan  Section 6.4 (f)) If the vesting  schedule has been
     amended to a less favorable schedule, enter the pre-amended schedule below:

     a.   |X| Vesting  schedule has not been amended or amended schedule is more
          favorable in all years.

     b.   |_| Years of Service Percentage

                           =====================     ===============
                           =====================     ===============
                           =====================     ===============
                           ---------------------     ---------------

D8:      TOP HEAVY  VESTING  (Plan  Section  6.4(c)) If this Plan  becomes a Top
         Heavy Plan, the following vesting schedule, based on number of Years of
         Service,  for such Plan Year and each succeeding Plan Year,  whether or
         not the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, shall apply and shall be treated as a
         Plan amendment  pursuant to this Plan.  Once  effective,  this schedule
         shall also apply to any contributions  made prior to the effective date
         of Code Section 416 and/or before the Plan became a Top Heavy Plan.

         a.  |X|  N/A (D6a, b, d, e or f was selected)

         b.  |_|  0-1 year      0%          c.  |_| 0-2 years    0%
                    2 years    20%                    3 years  100%
                    3 years    40%
                    4 years    60%
                    5 years    80%
                    6 years   100%

         NOTE:             This section  does not apply to the Account  balances
                           of any  Participant  who  does  not  have  an Hour of
                           Service  after  the Plan  has  initially  become  top
                           heavy.    Such    Participant's    Account    balance
                           attributable    to   Employer    contributions    and
                           Forfeitures will be determined without regard to this
                           section.

D9:  VESTING (Plan Section  6.4(h)) In determining  Years of Service for vesting
     purposes, Years of Service attributable to the following shall be EXCLUDED:

     a.   |_| Service prior to the  Effective  Date of the Plan or a predecessor
          plan.

     b.   |X| N/A

     c.   |_| Service prior to the time an Employee attained age 18.

     d.   |X| N/A

D10:     PLAN SHALL RECOGNIZE SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER

          a.   |_| No.
          b. |X| Yes: Years of Service with "See Attachment"  shall
               be recognized for the ---------------- purpose of this Plan.

          NOTE:If the predecessor  Employer maintained this qualified Plan, then
               Years  of  Service  with  such  predecessor   Employer  shall  be
               recognized pursuant to Section 1.74 and b. must be marked.

D11:     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE ("NRA") (Plan Section 1.42) means:

          a.   |_| the date a Participant attains his _________  birthday.  (not
               to exceed 65th)
          b.   |X| the  later  of the  date a  Participant  attains  his  59-1/2
               birthday (not to exceed 65th) or the
          c.   5th (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the first day of the Plan
              Year in which participation in the Plan commenced.

D12:     NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.43) shall commence:

         a.       |_|      as of the Participant's "NRA".
                           OR (must select b. or c. AND 1. or 2.)
         b.       |X|      LR1 as of the first day of the month ...
         c.       |_|      as of the Anniversary Date ...
          1.   |X| coinciding with or next following the Participant's "NRA".
          2.   |_| nearest the Participant's "NRA".

D13:     EARLY RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.12) means the:

         a.       |_|      No Early Retirement provision provided.
         b.       |X|      date on which a Participant ...
          c.   |_| first day of the month  coinciding with or next following the
               date on which a Participant ...
          d.   |_|  Anniversary  Date coinciding with or next following the date
               on which a Participant ...

         AND, if b, c or d was selected ...
                  1.       |X|      attains his 55th birthday and has
                  2.       |X|      completed at least 10 Years of Service.



<PAGE>


CONTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

          El:  a.   COMPENSATION   (Plan   Section  1.9)  with  respect  to  any
               Participant means:

                  1.       |X|     "415 Compensation."
                  2.       |_|     Compensation reportable as wages on Form W-2.

         b.       COMPENSATION shall be

          1.   |X| actually paid (must be selected if Plan is integrated)
                  2.       |_|      accrued

          c.   HOWEVER,  for  non-integrated  plans,  Compensation shall exclude
               (select all that apply):

                  1.       |X|      N/A. No exclusions
                  2.       |_|      overtime
                  3.       |_|      bonuses
                  4.       |_|      commissions
                  5.       |_|      other

         d.    FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION El, Compensation shall be based on:

                  1.   |X| the Plan Year.
                  2.   |_| the Fiscal  Year  coinciding  with or ending  within
                           the Plan Year.
                  3.   |_| the Calendar Year  coinciding  with or ending within
                           the Plan Year.

          NOTE:The  Limitation  Year  shall  be the  same as the  year on  which
               Compensation is based.

          e.   HOWEVER,   for  an  Employee's   first  year  of   participation,
               Compensation shall be recognized as of:

                  1.       |_|      the first day of the Plan Year.
                  2        |X|      the date the Participant entered the Plan.

         f.       IN ADDITION, COMPENSATION and "414(s) Compensation"
                  1.       |X|      shall
                  2.   |_|  shall  not  include  compensation  which  is  not
                        currently includable  in the  Participant's  gross
                        income by reason of the application of Code Sections
                        125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).
E2:       SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENT - ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION
         (Plan Section  11.2) Each  Employee may elect to have his  Compensation
reduced by:

         a.       |_|      _______%
         b.       |_|      up to _________%


<PAGE>


         c.       |X|      from 1% to 15%
         d.       |_| up to the  maximum  percentage  allowable  not to exceed
                      the limits of Code Sections 401(k), 404, and 415.

         AND ...

         e.       |X| A Participant may elect to commence  salary  reductions as
                  of the  first  day of any  month  (ENTER  AT LEAST ONE DATE OR
                  PERIOD).  A  Participant  may  modify  the  amount  of  salary
                  reductions  as of the first pay period of any month,  provided
                  he or she  gives at least 15 days  advance  notice  (ENTER  AT
                  LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD).

          AND  Shall cash  bonuses paid within 2 1/2 months after the end of the
               Plan Year be subject to the salary reduction election?

         f.       |_|      Yes
         g.       |_|      No

E3 FORMULA  FOR  DETERMINING  EMPLOYER'S  MATCHING  CONTRIBUTION  (Plan  Section
11.1(b))

        a.  |_| NIA.  There  shall be no  matching  contributions.
        b.  |_| The Employer  shall  make  matching   contributions  equal  to
                (e.g.  50%)  of  the Participant's  salary  reductions.
        c.  |X| The Employer  may  make  matching contributions  equal to a
                discretionary  percentage,  to be  determined  by the
                Employer, of the Participant's salary reductions.
        d. |_|  The Employer shall make matching  contributions  equal  to  the
                sum  of  __%  of  the  portion  of  the Participant's  salary
                reduction which does not exceed -% of the  Participant's,
                Compensation  plus  _________%  of  the  portion  of  the
                Participant's  salary reduction which exceeds _________% of the
                Participant's  Compensation,  but does not exceed  _________% of
                the  Participant's  Compensation.
        e. |_|  The Employer shall make matching  contributions equal to the
                percentage  determined under the following schedule:

                 Participant's Total                        Matching Percentage
                 Years of Service




         FOR PLANS WITH MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

          f._______|X|  Matching  contributions g. |_| shall h. |X| shall not be
               used in satisfying the deferral  percentage tests. (If used, full
               vesting and  restrictions on withdrawals will apply and the match
               will be deemed to be an Elective Contribution.)
          i._______|X|  Shall a Year of Service be required in order to share in
               the matching contributions?

                           With respect to Plan Years beginning after 1989 ...

                    1.   |_|  Yes  (Could   cause   Plan  to   violate   minimum
                         participation  and  coverage  requirements  under  Code
                         Sections 401(a)(26) and 410)

                    2.   |X| No
                           With respect to Plan Years beginning before 1990
                           1. |X| N/A New Plan or same as years beginning after
                                  1989
                           2. |_| Yes
                           3. |_| No
         j._______|_| In  determining  matching  contributions,  only
                        salary  reductions  up to ________% of a  Participant's
                         Compensation  will be  matched.  k.  |X| N/A l. |_| The
                         matching  contribution  made on behalf of a Participant
                         for any Plan Year shall not exceed  $__________.  . |X|
                         N/A
         n._______|X|      Matching contributions shall be made on behalf of
                           1. |X| all Participants.
                           2. |_| only Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

E4       WILL A  DISCRETIONARY  EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTION BE PROVIDED (OTHER THAN A
         DISCRETIONARY  MATCHING OR QUALIFIED  NON-ELECTIVE  CONTRIBUTION) (Plan
         Section 11.1(c))?

         a._______|_|   No.
         b._______|_|   Yes, the Employer may make a discretionary  contribution
                        out of its current or accumulated Net Profit.
         c._______|X|      Yes,   the   Employer   may   make  a   discretionary
                           contribution  which is not  limited to its current or
                           accumulated Net Profit.

     IF   YES  (b.  or c.  is  selected  above),  the  Employer's  discretionary
          contribution shall be allocated as follows:

         d._______|X|      FOR A NON-INTEGRATED PLAN

         The  Employer  discretionary  contribution  for the Plan Year  shall be
         allocated in the same ratio as each Participant's Compensation bears to
         the total of such Compensation of an Participants.

         e._______|_|      C3 FOR AN INTEGRATED PLAN

         The  Employer  discretionary  contribution  for the Plan Year  shall be
         allocated  in  accordance  with  Plan  Section  4.3(b)(2)  based  on  a
         Participant's Compensation in excess of:



<PAGE>


         f._______|_|    The Taxable Wage Base.
         g. ______|_|    The greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
         h. ______|_|    ___________% of the Taxable Wage Base. (see Note below)
         i._______|_|    $__________. (see Note below)

         NOTE - The integration percentage of 5.7% shall be reduced to:

     1.   4.3% if h. or L above is more  than 20% and less  than or equal to 80%
          of the Taxable Wage Base.
     2.   5.4% if h. or i.  above is less  than  100%  and more  than 80% of the
          Taxable Wage Base.

E5       QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 11.1(d))

         a._______|_| N/A.  There shall be no Qualified  Non-Elective
                          Contributions except as provided in Section 11.5(b)
                          and 11.7(h).
         b._______|_| The Employer shall make a Qualified Non-Elective
                      Contribution equal to ____% of the total Compensation of
                      all Participants  eligible to share in the allocations.
         c._______|_| The Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective
                    Contribution in an amount to be determined by the Employer.

E6       FORFEITURES (Plan Section 4.3(e))

         a._______Forfeitures  of  contributions  other than matching
                  contributions shall be ...

                  1. |_| added to the Employer's contribution under the Plan.
                  2. |_| allocated to all Participants eligible to share in the
                         allocations in the same proportion that each
                         Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the
                         Compensation of all Participants for such year.
                  3. |_| See Attachment

         b. ______Forfeitures of matching contributions shall be ...

                 1. |_| N/A. No matching contributions or match is fully vested.
                 2. |X| used to reduced the Employer's matching contribution.
                 3. |_| allocated to all Participants eligible to share in the
                        allocations in proportion to each such Participant's
                        Compensation for the year.
                 4. |_| allocated to all Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                        eligible to share in the allocations in proportion to
                        each such Participant's Compensation for the year.

E7       ALLOCATIONS TO ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 4.3) With respect to
         Plan Years beginning after 1989, a Participant.

         a._______|X|      shall (Plan may become discriminatory)
         b._______|_|      shall not

         be  required  to  complete  a Year of  Service in order to share in any
         Non-Elective  Contributions  (other  than  matching  contributions)  or
         Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions.  For Plan Years beginning before
         1990,  the Plan  provides  that a  Participant  must complete a Year of
         Service to share in the allocations.

E8       ALLOCATIONS  TO  TERMINATED  PARTICIPANTS  (Plan  Section  4.3(k))  Any
         Participant  who terminated  employment  during the Plan Year (i.e. not
         actively  employed on the last day of the Plan Year) for reasons  other
         than death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement:

         a.       With respect to Employer Non-Elective Contributions (other
                  than matching), Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, and
                  Forfeitures:

 .        _________1.       For Plan Years beginning after 1989,

                           i.  |_|  N/A, Plan does not provide for such
                                    contributions.

                           ii.  |_| shall share in the allocations provided such
                                    Participant completed more than 500 Hours of
                                    Service.
                           iii. |_| shall share in such allocations provided
                                    such Participant completed a Year
                                   of Service.

                           iv. |X| shall not share in such allocations
                                   regardless of Hours of Service.

                  2.       For Plan Years beginning before 1990,

                           i.  |_|  N/A, new Plan, or same as for Plan Years
                                    beginning after 1989.
                           ii. |_|  shall share in such allocations provided
                                    such Participant completed a Year of
                                    Service.
                           iii. |X| shall not share in such allocations,
                                    regardless of Hours of Service.

         NOTE:             If a.1.iii or iv is selected, the Plan could violate
                           minimum participation and coverage requirements under
                           Code Sections 401(a)(26) and 410.

         b._______With   respect  to  the   allocation   of  Employer   Matching
Contributions, a Participant:

                  1.  For Plan Years beginning after 1989,

                      i.  |_|  N/A, Plan does not provide for matching
                                 contributions.
                      ii. |X|  shall share in the allocations, regardless of
                                 Hours of Service.
                      iii.|_| shall share in the allocations provided such
                                 Participant completed more than 500 Hours of
                                 Service.
                      iv. |_|  shall share in such allocations provided such
                                 Participant completed a Year of Service.
                      v.  |_|  shall not share in such allocations, regardless
                                 of Hours of Service.



<PAGE>


                  2.   For Plan Years beginning before 1990,

                      i. |_|  N/A, new Plan, or same as years beginning after
                                 1989.
                      ii. |X| shall share in the allocations, regardless of
                                 Hours of Service.
                      iii.|_| shall share in such allocations provided such
                                 Participant completed a Year of Service.
                      iv. |_| shall not share in such allocations, regardless of
                                 Hours of Service.

         NOTE:____         If b.1.iv or v is selected, the Plan could violate
                         minimum participation and coverage requirements under
                         Code Section 401(a)(26) and 410.

E9       ALLOCATIONS OF EARNINGS (Plan Section 4.3(c))
         Allocations of earnings with respect to amounts contributed to the Plan
         after the previous  Anniversary  Date or other  valuation date shall be
         determined ...

         a._______|_|      by using a weighted average.
         b._______|_|      by treating one-half of all such contributions as
                           being a part of the Participant's nonsegregated
                           account balance as of the previous Anniversary Date
                           or valuation date.
         c._______|X|      by using the method specified in Section 43(c).
         d._______|_|      other

E10      LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS (Plan Section 4.4)

         a._______If any  Participant is or was covered under another  qualified
                  defined  contribution  plan maintained by the Employer,  or if
                  the Employer  maintains a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in
                  Code Section  419(e),  or an individual  medical  account,  as
                  defined in Code  Section  415(l)(2),  under which  amounts are
                  treated as Annual  Additions-  with respect to any Participant
                  in this Plan:

                  1.  |_|    N/A.
                  2.  |X|    The provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Plan will
                             apply.
                  3.  |_|    Provide the method under which the Plans will limit
                             total Annual Additions to the Maximum  Permissible
                             Amount,  and  will  properly  reduce  any  Excess
                             Amounts,  in a manner that precludes Employer
                             discretion.

         b.       If any Participant is or ever has been a Participant in a
                  defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer:

                    1.   |_|  N/A

                    2.   |X|  In  any  Limitation  Year,  the  Annual  Additions
                         credited  to the  Participant  under  this Plan may not
                         cause the sum of the Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction and
                         the Defined Contribution Fraction to exceed 1.0. If the
                         Employer's contribution that would otherwise be made on
                         the  Participant's  behalf during the  limitation  year
                         would cause the 1.0 limitation to be exceeded, the rate
                         of contribution under this Plan will be reduced so that
                         the  sum of  the  fractions  equals  1.0.  If  the  1.0
                         limitation  is  exceeded  because of an Excess  Amount,
                         such Excess Amount will be reduced in  accordance  with
                         Section 4.4(a) (4) of the Plan.

                    3.   |_| Provide the method  under which the Plans  involved
                         will  satisfy  the  1.0  limitation  in a  manner  that
                         precludes Employer discretion.

Ell      DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH (Plan Section 6.6(h))
         Distributions upon the death of a Participant prior to receiving any
         benefits shall . . .

         a._______|X|     be made pursuant to the election of the Participant
                          or beneficiary.
         b._______|_|     begin  within  1 year  of  death  for a  designated
                          beneficiary  and be payable  over the life (or over
                          a period not  exceeding  the life expectancy) of such
                          beneficiary, except that if the beneficiary is the
                          Participant's  spouse, begin within the time the
                          Participant  would have  attained age 70 1/2.
         c._______|_|     be made within 5 years of death for all beneficiaries.
         d._______|_|     other

E12 LIFE EXPECTANCIES (Plan Section 6.5(o)) for minimum  distributions  required
pursuant to Code Section 401 (a)(9) shall . . .

         a._______|X|      be recalculated at the Participant's election.
         b._______|_|      be recalculated.
         c._______|_|      not be recalculated.

E13      CONDITIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION
         Distributions upon termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.4(a)
         of the Plan shall not be made unless the following conditions have been
         satisfied:

          a._______|X| N/A. Immediate distributions may be made at Participant's
                        election.

          b._______|_| The Participant has incurred  __________  1-Year Break(s)
                       in Service.

          c._______|_|  The  Participant  has reached his or her Early or Normal
                       Retirement Age.

          d._______|_|  Distributions may be made at the Participant's  election
                        on or after the Anniversary Date following termination
                        of employment.

          e. ______|_| Other

E14      FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.5 and 6.6)
         Distributions under the Plan may be made ...

         a. ______1. |_|   in lump sums.
                  2. |X|   in lump sums or installments.

         b._______AND, pursuant to Plan Section 6.13,

             1. |_|  no annuities are allowed (avoids Joint and Survivor rules).
             2. |X|  annuities are allowed (Plan Section 6.13 shall not apply).

               NOTE:b.1.  above may not be elected if this is an  amendment to a
                    plan which permitted  annuities as a form of distribution or
                    if this Plan has accepted a plan to plan  transfer of assets
                    from  a  plan  which  permitted   annuities  as  a  form  of
                    distribution.

         c._______AND may be made in

                  1. |_|  cash only (except for insurance or annuity contracts).
                  2. |X|  cash or property.

TOP HEAVY REQUIREMENTS

F1       TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS (Plan Section 43(1)): When a Non-Key Employee is
         a Participant in this Plan and a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the
         Employer,  indicate which method shall be utilized to avoid duplication
         of top heavy minimum benefits.

         a._______|X|    The Employer does not maintain a Defined Benefit Plan.
                         (See Attachment)

         b._______|_|    A minimum,  non-integrated  contribution  of 5% of
                    each Non-Key Employee's total Compensation shall be provided
                    in this Plan, as specified in Section  4.3(i).  (The Defined
                    Benefit and Defined Contribution  Fractions will be computed
                    using 100% if this choice is
                           selected.)
         c._______|_| A minimum,  non-integrated contribution of 7 1/2% of
                    each Non-Key Employee's total Compensation shall be provided
                    in this  Plan,  as  specified  in Section  4.3(i).  (If this
                    choice  is  selected,   the  Defined   Benefit  and  Defined
                    Contribution  Fractions  will be computed using 125% for all
                    Plan Years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top
                    Heavy.)
         d._______|_|  Specify  the  method  under  which the  Plans  will
                    provide top heavy  minimum  benefits  for Non-Key  Employees
                    that will preclude Employer discretion and avoid inadvertent
                    omissions,  including any  adjustments  required  under Code
                    Section 415(e).

F2       PRESENT  VALUE OF  ACCRUED  BENEFIT  (Plan  Section  2.2) for Top Heavy
         purposes  where  the  Employer  maintains  a  Defined  Benefit  Plan in
         addition to this Plan, shall be based on. . .

         a._______|X|      N/A. The Employer does not maintain a defined benefit
                           plan. (See Attachment)

         b._______|_|      Interest Rate: _____________________________________

                           Mortality Table: ___________________________________

F3       TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS: Employer maintaining two (2) or more Defined
         Contribution Plans.

         a._______|X|      N/A.
         b._______|_|      A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 3% of each
                           Non-Key Employee's  total  Compensation  shall be
                           provided in the Money  Purchase  Plan (or other  plan
                           subject to Code Section 412),  where the Employer
                           maintains two (2) or more non-paired Defined
                           Contribution Plans.
         c._______|_|      Specify the method under which the Plans will provide
                           top heavy  minimum  benefits for ' Non-Key  Employees
                           that  will  preclude  Employer  discretion  and avoid
                           inadvertent  omissions,   including  any  adjustments
                           required under Code Section 415(e).

MISCELLANEOUS

G1       LOANS TG PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 7.4)

         a._______|X|      Yes, loans may be made up to $50,000 or 1/2 Vested
                           interest.
         b._______|_|      No, loans may not be made.

         If YES, (check all that apply) .

         c._______|X|      loans shall be treated as a Directed Investment.
         d._______|_|      loans shall only be made for hardship or financial
                           necessity.
         e._______|X|      the minimum loan shall be $1,000,
         f._______|_|      $10,000 de minimis loans may be made regardless of
                           Vested interest. (If selected, plan may need security
                           in addition to Vested interest)

                    NOTE.____  Department  of  Labor  Regulations   require  the
                         adoption of a separate  written  loan  program  setting
                         forth the requirements outlined in Plan Section 7.4.

G2  DIRECTED  INVESTMENT  ACCOUNTS  (Plan  Section  4.8) are  permitted  for the
interest in any one or more accounts.

         a._______|X| Yes,  regardless of the Participant's  Vested interest in
                      the Plan.
         b._______|_|  Yes,  but  only  with  respect  to the  Participant's
                       Vested interest  in the Plan.
         c._______|_|  Yes,  but only with  respect to those accounts which are
                       100% Vested.
         d._______|_|  No directed  investments are permitted.

G3       TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS (Plan Section 4.6)

         a._______|X|      Yes, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers)
                           will be allowed.  (See Attachment)
         b._______|_|      No, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers)
                           will not be allowed.

         AND, transfers shall be permitted .

         c._______|X|      from any Employee, even if not a Participant.
         d._______|_|      from Participants only.

G4       EMPLOYEES VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.7)

         a._______|_|      Yes, Voluntary Contributions are allowed subject to
                           the limits of Section 4.10.
         b._______|X|      No, Voluntary Contributions will not be allowed.

         NOTE:____         TRA'86 subjects voluntary contributions to strict
                           discrimination rules.

G5       HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 6.11 and 11.8)

         a._______|X|      Yes, from any accounts which are 100% Vested.
         b._______|_|      Yes, from Participant's Elective Account only.
         c._______|_|      Yes, but limited to the Participant's Account only.
         d._______|_|      No.

         NOTE:____         Distributions  from a Participant's  Elective Account
                           are   limited  to  the   portion   of  such   account
                           attributable   to   such    Participant's    Deferred
                           Compensation and earnings  attributable thereto up to
                           December 31, 1988.  Also hardship  distributions  are
                           not   permitted   from  a   Participant's   Qualified
                           Non-Elective Account.

G6       PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION (Plan Section 6.10)

         a._______|X|      If a  Participant  has  reached  the  age of  59-1/2,
                           distributions  may  be  made,  at  the  Participant's
                           election,  from any  accounts  which are 100%  Vested
                           without   requiring  the   Participant  to  terminate
                           employment.
         b._______|_|      No pre-retirement distribution may be made.

         NOTE:____         Distributions from a Participant's Elective Account
                           and Qualified Non-Elective Account are not permitted
                           prior to age 59 W.

G7  LIFE   INSURANCE   (Plan  Section   7.2(d))  may  be  purchased   with  Plan
contributions.

         a._______|X|      No life insurance may be purchased.
         b._______|_|      Yes, at the option of the Administrator.
         c._______|_|      Yes, at the option of the Participant.

         AND, the purchase of initial or additional life insurance shall be
         subject to the following limitations:
         (select all that apply)


<PAGE>



         d._______|X|    N/A, no limitations.
         e._______|_|    each initial Contract shall have a minimum face amount
                         of $_________
         f._______|_|    each additional Contract shall have a minimum face
                         amount of $________
         g._______|_|    the Participant has completed _________ Years of
                         Service.
         h._______|_|    the Participant has completed _________ Years of
                         Service while a Participant in the Plan.
         i._______|_|    the Participant is under age _____ on the Contract
                         issue date.
         j._______|_|    the maximum amount of all Contracts on behalf of a
                         Participant shall not exceed $__________.
         k._______|_|    the maximum face amount of life insurance shall be
                         $__________.

The adopting  Employer may not rely on an opinion  letter issued by the National
Office of the Internal  Revenue  Service as evidence  that the plan is qualified
under  Code  Section  401.  In order to obtain  reliance  with  respect  to plan
qualification,  the Employer must apply to the  appropriate  Key District Office
for a determination letter.

This Adoption Agreement maybe used only in conjunction with basic Plan document.
#01. This Adoption Agreement and the basic Plan document shall together be known
as E. A. Edberg  Associates,  Inc.  Non-Standardized  401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
#01-005.

The  adoption of this Plan,  its  qualification  by the IRS, and the related tax
consequences are the. responsibility of the Employer and its independent tax and
legal  advisors.  E.A. Edberg  Associates,  Inc. will notify the Employer of any
amendments made to the Plan or of the  discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan
provided this Plan has been acknowledged by E.A. Edberg Associates,  Inc. or its
authorized representative.  Furthermore, in order to be eligible to receive such
notification,  we agree to notify E.A. Edberg Associates,  Inc, of any change in
address.



<PAGE>


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Employer  and  Trustee  hereby  cause this Plan to be
executed on this 3rd day of  January,  1997.  Furthermore,  this Plan may not be
used unless  acknowledged  by E.A.  Edberg  Associates,  Inc. or its  authorized
representative.

EMPLOYER:

  Eller Media Company                   _______________________________________
---------------------------
       (enter name)                                                     TRUSTEE

By: _______________________             _______________________________________
                                                                        TRUSTEE

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER:                 _______________________________________
                                                                        TRUSTEE

     N/A

By:      N/A
    ---------------------------------------------------

This Plan may not be used,  and shall not be deemed to be a  Regional  Prototype
Plan, unless an authorized  representative of E. A. Edberg Associates,  Inc. has
acknowledged  the use of the  Plan.  Such  acknowledgment  is for  administerial
purposes only. It acknowledges  that the Employer is using the Plan but does not
represent  that this  Plan,  including  the  choices  selected  an the  Adoption
Agreement, has been reviewed by a representative of the sponsor or constitutes a
qualified retirement plan.

E. A. Edberg Associates, Inc.



By: ________________________________________                  SEAL:







<PAGE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement
(Form S-8) dated  November 8, 2000  pertaining to the Eller Media Company 401(k)
Plan of Clear Channel Communications,  Inc. of our reports dated March 13, 2000,
with  respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements  and schedule of Clear
Channel  Communications,  Inc. included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the
year ended December 31, 1999, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



                                                       ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Antonio, Texas
November 6, 2000



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.2

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.:

         We consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in this  registration
statement on Form S-8 of our report on the consolidated  financial statements of
Hispanic Broadcasting Corporation (formerly Heftel Broadcasting Corporation) and
subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and for each of the years in the
three-year  period  ended  December  31,  1999,  which report is included in the
Annual  Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel  Communications,  Inc. for the year
ended December 31, 1999.




                                                             KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas
November 7, 2000



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.3

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     We consent to the use of our report dated  February 28, 2000,  with respect
to the  consolidated  financial  statements  of SFX  Entertainment,  Inc.  as of
December  31, 1999 and 1998 and for each of the three years in the period  ended
December 31, 1999 and the related financial statement schedule,  incorporated by
reference from Clear Channel  Communications,  Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K
dated  June  14,  2000,  previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  in this Registration  Statement on Form S-8 and related  Prospectus
thereto dated November 8, 2000 pertaining to the Eller Media Company 401(k) Plan
of Clear Channel Communications,  Inc. for the registration of 150,000 shares of
its common stock.



                                                       ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
November 6, 2000



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.4

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

         We  hereby   consent  to  the   incorporation   by  reference  in  this
Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Clear Channel Communications,  Inc. of (1)
our report  dated  February  12,  1999  relating to the  consolidated  financial
statements  of Jacor  Communications,  Inc.,  which appear in the Clear  Channel
Communications,  Inc.  Form 8-K/A filed April 12, 1999 and (2) our report  dated
February 11, 1998  relating to the  consolidated  financial  statements of Jacor
Communications,  Inc.  which appear in the Clear Channel  Communications,  Inc.,
Form 8-K filed December 10, 1998.




PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio
November 7, 2000



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.5

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

The Board of Directors
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.:

     We hereby consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this  Registration
Statement on Form S-8 of Clear Channel Communications,  Inc. of our report dated
March 13, 2000 relating to the  consolidated  financial  statements of AMFM Inc.
(formerly  Chancellor Media Corporation) and its subsidiaries,  which appears in
the Current Report on Form 8-K of Clear Channel Communications,  Inc. dated June
14, 2000.



PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Dallas, Texas
November 7, 2000



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.6

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

The Board of Directors
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.:

     We hereby consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this  Registration
Statement on Form S-8 of Clear Channel Communications,  Inc. of our report dated
February  26,  1999,  except for Note 3 as to which the date is March 15,  1999,
relating  to the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Capstar  Broadcasting
Corporation and Subsidiaries, which appears in the Current Report on Form 8-K of
Clear Channel Communications, Inc. dated November 18, 1999.




PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Austin, Texas
November 7, 2000


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.7

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

The Board of Directors
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.

         We  hereby   consent  to  the   incorporation   by  reference  in  this
registration statement on Form S-8 of Clear Channel Communications,  Inc. of our
report  dated  June 8,  2000,  relating  to the  statements  of net assets as of
December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the statement of changes in net assets available
for benefits and  supplemental  schedule for the year ended December 31, 1999 of
the Eller Media Company 401(k) Plan,  which appears in the Annual Report on Form
11-K of the Eller Media Company 401(k) Plan dated November 8, 2000.




PADGETT, STRATEMANN & CO., L.L.P.

San Antonio, Texas
November 8, 2000




<PAGE>



                                                               SEC COVER LETTER

                    Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, l.l.p.
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                   a registered limited liability partnership
                       including professional corporations
                               300 CONVENT STREET
                                   SUITE 1500
                            SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78205
                                 (210) 281-7000
                               FAX (210) 224-2035
                                www.akingump.com

                  WRITER'S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER (210) 281 - 7075
                 WRITER'S E-MAIL ADDRESS [email protected]


                                November 9, 2000


U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20549

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Clear Channel Communications, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         On  behalf  of Clear  Channel  Communications,  Inc.,  we are  filing a
registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the issuance,  from time to time,
of up to 150,000 shares of Clear Channel's common stock pursuant to the terms of
the Eller Media Company 401(k) Plan.

         If any  member  of the  staff  has any  questions  or  desires  further
information  or  clarification  regarding the enclosed  filing,  please call the
undersigned at (210) 281-7075 or Mr. Steve Mount of my office at (210) 281-7296.
                                          Very truly yours,

                                          /s/ WILHELM E. LIEBMANN, ESQ.

                                          WILHELM E. LIEBMANN, ESQ.

Enclosure

cc:      Ms. Susan Krieg, Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
         Steve Mount, Esq. [Firm]


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission